]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
9742079a | 1 | \input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*- |
c906108c | 2 | @setfilename gdbint.info |
25822942 | 3 | @include gdb-cfg.texi |
03727ca6 | 4 | @dircategory Software development |
e9c75b65 | 5 | @direntry |
c906108c | 6 | * Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals. |
e9c75b65 | 7 | @end direntry |
c906108c SS |
8 | |
9 | @ifinfo | |
25822942 | 10 | This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}. |
0f0cffd2 | 11 | Copyright 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004 |
e9c75b65 | 12 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
c906108c SS |
13 | Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore. |
14 | Second Edition by Stan Shebs. | |
15 | ||
e9c75b65 EZ |
16 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
17 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or | |
2a6585f0 | 18 | any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no |
e5249f67 AC |
19 | Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover |
20 | Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU | |
21 | Free Documentation License''. | |
c906108c SS |
22 | @end ifinfo |
23 | ||
24 | @setchapternewpage off | |
25822942 | 25 | @settitle @value{GDBN} Internals |
c906108c | 26 | |
56caf160 EZ |
27 | @syncodeindex fn cp |
28 | @syncodeindex vr cp | |
29 | ||
c906108c | 30 | @titlepage |
25822942 | 31 | @title @value{GDBN} Internals |
c906108c SS |
32 | @subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger} |
33 | @author John Gilmore | |
34 | @author Cygnus Solutions | |
35 | @author Second Edition: | |
36 | @author Stan Shebs | |
37 | @author Cygnus Solutions | |
38 | @page | |
39 | @tex | |
40 | \def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$ | |
41 | \xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too | |
42 | {\parskip=0pt | |
43 | \hfill Cygnus Solutions\par | |
44 | \hfill \manvers\par | |
45 | \hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par | |
46 | } | |
47 | @end tex | |
48 | ||
49 | @vskip 0pt plus 1filll | |
1e698235 | 50 | Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001, |
0f0cffd2 | 51 | 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
c906108c | 52 | |
e9c75b65 EZ |
53 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
54 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or | |
2a6585f0 | 55 | any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no |
e5249f67 AC |
56 | Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover |
57 | Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU | |
58 | Free Documentation License''. | |
c906108c SS |
59 | @end titlepage |
60 | ||
449f3b6c | 61 | @contents |
449f3b6c | 62 | |
c906108c SS |
63 | @node Top |
64 | @c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info, | |
65 | @c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point. | |
66 | @top Scope of this Document | |
67 | ||
25822942 DB |
68 | This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It |
69 | includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well | |
70 | as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets. | |
c906108c SS |
71 | |
72 | @menu | |
73 | * Requirements:: | |
74 | * Overall Structure:: | |
75 | * Algorithms:: | |
76 | * User Interface:: | |
89437448 | 77 | * libgdb:: |
c906108c SS |
78 | * Symbol Handling:: |
79 | * Language Support:: | |
80 | * Host Definition:: | |
81 | * Target Architecture Definition:: | |
82 | * Target Vector Definition:: | |
83 | * Native Debugging:: | |
84 | * Support Libraries:: | |
85 | * Coding:: | |
86 | * Porting GDB:: | |
8973da3a | 87 | * Releasing GDB:: |
085dd6e6 | 88 | * Testsuite:: |
c906108c | 89 | * Hints:: |
aab4e0ec | 90 | |
bcd7e15f | 91 | * GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers |
aab4e0ec | 92 | * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation |
56caf160 | 93 | * Index:: |
c906108c SS |
94 | @end menu |
95 | ||
96 | @node Requirements | |
97 | ||
98 | @chapter Requirements | |
56caf160 | 99 | @cindex requirements for @value{GDBN} |
c906108c SS |
100 | |
101 | Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal | |
56caf160 EZ |
102 | requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some |
103 | of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN} | |
104 | that have run counter to these requirements. | |
c906108c | 105 | |
56caf160 EZ |
106 | First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a |
107 | front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a | |
108 | shell. It's not a programming environment. | |
c906108c | 109 | |
56caf160 EZ |
110 | @value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is |
111 | available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human | |
112 | programmer. | |
c906108c | 113 | |
56caf160 EZ |
114 | @value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on |
115 | the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is | |
116 | going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time | |
117 | to debugger commands. | |
c906108c | 118 | |
56caf160 EZ |
119 | @value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions. |
120 | While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made | |
be9c6c35 | 121 | picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the |
56caf160 EZ |
122 | programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to |
123 | mollify the debugger. | |
c906108c | 124 | |
56caf160 EZ |
125 | @value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs. |
126 | Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've | |
127 | heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size. | |
c906108c | 128 | |
56caf160 EZ |
129 | @value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is |
130 | available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN} | |
131 | supports. | |
c906108c SS |
132 | |
133 | ||
134 | @node Overall Structure | |
135 | ||
136 | @chapter Overall Structure | |
137 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
138 | @value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface, |
139 | symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the | |
140 | @dfn{target side}). | |
c906108c | 141 | |
2e685b93 | 142 | The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus |
c906108c SS |
143 | supporting code. |
144 | ||
145 | The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info | |
146 | interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression | |
147 | parsing, type and value printing. | |
148 | ||
149 | The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and | |
150 | physical target manipulation. | |
151 | ||
152 | The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a | |
153 | number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic | |
154 | elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it | |
155 | supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead, | |
156 | this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems | |
157 | should fit together. | |
158 | ||
159 | @section The Symbol Side | |
160 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
161 | The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything |
162 | you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''. | |
163 | For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate | |
164 | many kinds of expressions. | |
c906108c SS |
165 | |
166 | @section The Target Side | |
167 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
168 | The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''. |
169 | Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most | |
170 | of the target side will run with only a stripped executable | |
171 | available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases. | |
c906108c SS |
172 | |
173 | Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register | |
174 | display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases, | |
25822942 | 175 | such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses |
c906108c SS |
176 | relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either |
177 | way. | |
178 | ||
179 | @section Configurations | |
180 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
181 | @cindex host |
182 | @cindex target | |
25822942 | 183 | @dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs. |
c906108c SS |
184 | @dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged |
185 | executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a | |
186 | third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play. | |
187 | ||
188 | Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support. | |
189 | Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host | |
190 | float format. | |
191 | ||
192 | Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target | |
193 | dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set, | |
194 | breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack | |
195 | to call a function. | |
196 | ||
197 | Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same, | |
198 | is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the | |
199 | host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target | |
200 | process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the | |
201 | registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all | |
202 | in the native-dependent files. | |
203 | ||
204 | Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that | |
205 | are really part of the target environment, but which require | |
206 | @code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core | |
207 | file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases. | |
208 | ||
25822942 | 209 | When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you |
c906108c SS |
210 | have to include all three kinds of information. |
211 | ||
212 | ||
213 | @node Algorithms | |
214 | ||
215 | @chapter Algorithms | |
56caf160 | 216 | @cindex algorithms |
c906108c | 217 | |
56caf160 EZ |
218 | @value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are |
219 | often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special | |
220 | cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic | |
221 | algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that | |
222 | they use. | |
c906108c SS |
223 | |
224 | @section Frames | |
225 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
226 | @cindex frame |
227 | @cindex call stack frame | |
228 | A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling | |
229 | and called functions. | |
c906108c | 230 | |
56caf160 EZ |
231 | @findex create_new_frame |
232 | @vindex FRAME_FP | |
c906108c | 233 | @code{FRAME_FP} in the machine description has no meaning to the |
56caf160 EZ |
234 | machine-independent part of @value{GDBN}, except that it is used when |
235 | setting up a new frame from scratch, as follows: | |
c906108c | 236 | |
474c8240 | 237 | @smallexample |
0ba6dca9 | 238 | create_new_frame (read_register (DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM), read_pc ())); |
474c8240 | 239 | @end smallexample |
c906108c | 240 | |
56caf160 | 241 | @cindex frame pointer register |
0ba6dca9 AC |
242 | Other than that, all the meaning imparted to @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} |
243 | is imparted by the machine-dependent code. So, | |
244 | @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} can have any value that is convenient for | |
245 | the code that creates new frames. (@code{create_new_frame} calls | |
246 | @code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} if it is defined; that is where | |
247 | you should use the @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} value, if your frames are | |
248 | nonstandard.) | |
c906108c | 249 | |
56caf160 | 250 | @cindex frame chain |
618ce49f AC |
251 | Given a @value{GDBN} frame, define @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN} to |
252 | determine the address of the calling function's frame. This will be | |
253 | used to create a new @value{GDBN} frame struct, and then | |
e9582e71 | 254 | @code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} and |
a5afb99f | 255 | @code{DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC} will be called for the new frame. |
c906108c SS |
256 | |
257 | @section Breakpoint Handling | |
258 | ||
56caf160 | 259 | @cindex breakpoints |
c906108c SS |
260 | In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program |
261 | where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches | |
262 | that location. | |
263 | ||
264 | There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware'' | |
265 | breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints. | |
266 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
267 | @cindex hardware breakpoints |
268 | @cindex program counter | |
c906108c SS |
269 | Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging |
270 | features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated | |
271 | register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC | |
56caf160 | 272 | (shorthand for @dfn{program counter}) |
c906108c | 273 | ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an |
56caf160 EZ |
274 | exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}. |
275 | ||
276 | Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators | |
277 | include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the | |
278 | processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's | |
279 | address. | |
280 | ||
281 | A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do | |
282 | breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own | |
283 | software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware | |
284 | breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same; | |
50e3ee83 | 285 | @value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait |
56caf160 | 286 | for something to happen. |
c906108c SS |
287 | |
288 | Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be | |
56caf160 | 289 | limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will |
9742079a | 290 | start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures, |
937f164b | 291 | notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know |
9742079a EZ |
292 | whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware |
293 | breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints | |
294 | an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.) | |
56caf160 EZ |
295 | |
296 | @cindex software breakpoints | |
297 | Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work. | |
298 | The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program | |
299 | instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction | |
300 | that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered, | |
301 | @value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the | |
302 | user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original | |
c906108c SS |
303 | instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on. |
304 | ||
305 | Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area | |
be9c6c35 | 306 | must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It |
c906108c | 307 | can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves, |
56caf160 | 308 | although such a situation would be highly unusual. |
c906108c SS |
309 | |
310 | Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of | |
311 | instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump | |
312 | target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the | |
313 | breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no | |
314 | larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump | |
315 | targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered | |
316 | instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction | |
317 | set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint, | |
318 | although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an | |
319 | instruction. | |
320 | ||
56caf160 | 321 | @findex BREAKPOINT |
c906108c SS |
322 | The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro |
323 | @code{BREAKPOINT}. | |
324 | ||
325 | Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However, | |
326 | much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}. | |
327 | ||
328 | @section Single Stepping | |
329 | ||
330 | @section Signal Handling | |
331 | ||
332 | @section Thread Handling | |
333 | ||
334 | @section Inferior Function Calls | |
335 | ||
336 | @section Longjmp Support | |
337 | ||
56caf160 | 338 | @cindex @code{longjmp} debugging |
25822942 | 339 | @value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a |
c906108c SS |
340 | @code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are |
341 | stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints, | |
56caf160 EZ |
342 | which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint} |
343 | command. | |
c906108c | 344 | |
56caf160 | 345 | @findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET |
c906108c SS |
346 | To make this work, you need to define a macro called |
347 | @code{GET_LONGJMP_TARGET}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf} | |
348 | structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf} | |
349 | is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate | |
56caf160 | 350 | @file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and |
c906108c SS |
351 | @file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this. |
352 | ||
9742079a EZ |
353 | @section Watchpoints |
354 | @cindex watchpoints | |
355 | ||
356 | Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms, | |
357 | breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some | |
358 | instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without | |
359 | your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to | |
360 | hunt down and kill such bugs. | |
361 | ||
362 | @cindex hardware watchpoints | |
363 | @cindex software watchpoints | |
364 | Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is | |
365 | known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses | |
366 | hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on | |
367 | software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN} | |
368 | will use software watchpoints are: | |
369 | ||
370 | @itemize @bullet | |
371 | @item | |
372 | The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware | |
373 | watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up | |
374 | to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is | |
375 | more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software | |
376 | watchpoints. | |
377 | ||
378 | @item | |
379 | The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in | |
380 | registers (as opposed to memory). | |
381 | ||
382 | @item | |
383 | Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures, | |
384 | this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is | |
385 | resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware | |
386 | breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware | |
387 | breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail. | |
388 | ||
389 | @item | |
390 | No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target | |
391 | implementation. | |
392 | @end itemize | |
393 | ||
394 | Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to | |
395 | single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the | |
396 | watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this | |
397 | section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints. | |
398 | ||
399 | @value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware | |
400 | watchpoints: | |
401 | ||
402 | @table @code | |
403 | @findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS | |
404 | @item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS | |
405 | If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints. | |
406 | ||
407 | @findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT | |
408 | @item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other}) | |
409 | Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are | |
410 | possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints | |
411 | of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is | |
412 | not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum | |
413 | number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other} | |
414 | is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there | |
415 | are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at | |
416 | the same time). | |
417 | ||
418 | @findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT | |
419 | @item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len}) | |
420 | Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region | |
421 | whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}. | |
422 | ||
423 | @findex TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT | |
424 | @item TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{size}) | |
425 | Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region | |
426 | whose size is @var{size}. @value{GDBN} only uses this macro as a | |
427 | fall-back, in case @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is not | |
428 | defined. | |
429 | ||
430 | @findex TARGET_DISABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS | |
431 | @item TARGET_DISABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS (@var{pid}) | |
432 | Disables watchpoints in the process identified by @var{pid}. This is | |
433 | used, e.g., on HP-UX which provides operations to disable and enable | |
434 | the page-level memory protection that implements hardware watchpoints | |
435 | on that platform. | |
436 | ||
437 | @findex TARGET_ENABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS | |
438 | @item TARGET_ENABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS (@var{pid}) | |
439 | Enables watchpoints in the process identified by @var{pid}. This is | |
440 | used, e.g., on HP-UX which provides operations to disable and enable | |
441 | the page-level memory protection that implements hardware watchpoints | |
442 | on that platform. | |
443 | ||
9742079a EZ |
444 | @findex target_insert_watchpoint |
445 | @findex target_remove_watchpoint | |
446 | @item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type}) | |
447 | @itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type}) | |
448 | Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for | |
449 | @var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the | |
450 | possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type}, | |
451 | defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows: | |
452 | ||
474c8240 | 453 | @smallexample |
9742079a EZ |
454 | enum target_hw_bp_type |
455 | @{ | |
456 | hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */ | |
457 | hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */ | |
458 | hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */ | |
459 | hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */ | |
460 | @}; | |
474c8240 | 461 | @end smallexample |
9742079a EZ |
462 | |
463 | @noindent | |
464 | These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure. | |
465 | ||
466 | @cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint | |
467 | @findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint | |
468 | @findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint | |
469 | @item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow}) | |
470 | @itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow}) | |
471 | Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address @var{addr}. | |
472 | Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure. @var{shadow} is the | |
473 | real contents of the byte where the breakpoint has been inserted; it | |
474 | is generally not valid when hardware breakpoints are used, but since | |
475 | no other code touches these values, the implementations of the above | |
476 | two macros can use them for their internal purposes. | |
477 | ||
478 | @findex target_stopped_data_address | |
479 | @item target_stopped_data_address () | |
480 | If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, return the address | |
481 | associated with that watchpoint. Otherwise, return zero. | |
482 | ||
9742079a EZ |
483 | @findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT |
484 | @item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT | |
485 | If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a | |
486 | watchpoint to step over it. | |
487 | ||
488 | @findex HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT | |
489 | @item HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT | |
490 | If defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a | |
491 | watchpoint to step the inferior over it. | |
492 | ||
493 | @findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT | |
494 | @item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT | |
495 | If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the | |
496 | inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. | |
497 | ||
498 | @findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS | |
499 | @item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS | |
500 | If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all | |
501 | watchpoints before stepping the inferior. | |
502 | ||
503 | @findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT | |
504 | @item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status}) | |
505 | Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of | |
506 | the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}. | |
507 | @end table | |
508 | ||
509 | @subsection x86 Watchpoints | |
510 | @cindex x86 debug registers | |
511 | @cindex watchpoints, on x86 | |
512 | ||
513 | The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug | |
514 | registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a | |
515 | generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement | |
516 | support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This | |
517 | subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}. | |
518 | ||
519 | To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the | |
520 | following: | |
521 | ||
522 | @itemize @bullet | |
523 | @findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS | |
524 | @item | |
525 | Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the | |
526 | target-dependent headers. | |
527 | ||
528 | @item | |
529 | Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after} | |
530 | defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}. | |
531 | ||
532 | @item | |
533 | Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable | |
534 | @code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or | |
535 | @code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}). | |
536 | ||
537 | @item | |
538 | Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described | |
539 | below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function | |
540 | which does the real work. | |
541 | @end itemize | |
542 | ||
543 | The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the | |
544 | debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the | |
545 | real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to | |
546 | provide: | |
547 | ||
548 | @table @code | |
549 | @findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL | |
550 | @item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val}) | |
551 | Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}. | |
552 | ||
553 | @findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR | |
554 | @item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr}) | |
555 | Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}. | |
556 | ||
557 | @findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR | |
558 | @item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx}) | |
559 | Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register | |
560 | number @var{idx}. | |
561 | ||
562 | @findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS | |
563 | @item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS | |
564 | Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is | |
565 | used immediately after it is returned by | |
566 | @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status | |
567 | register values. | |
568 | @end table | |
569 | ||
570 | For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3) | |
571 | that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN}, | |
572 | to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This | |
573 | allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same | |
574 | expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without | |
575 | wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN} | |
576 | maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do | |
577 | anything to use this feature. | |
578 | ||
579 | The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4 | |
580 | bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region | |
581 | be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte | |
582 | region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in | |
583 | @value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4 | |
584 | bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch | |
585 | a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched | |
586 | region is also done automatically without target code intervention. | |
587 | ||
588 | The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the | |
589 | @value{GDBN}'s application code: | |
590 | ||
591 | @table @code | |
592 | @findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint | |
593 | @item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}) | |
594 | The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call | |
595 | this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to | |
596 | watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is | |
597 | less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86 | |
598 | processors. | |
599 | ||
600 | @findex i386_stopped_data_address | |
601 | @item i386_stopped_data_address (void) | |
602 | The macros @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and | |
603 | @code{target_stopped_data_address} are set to call this function. The | |
604 | argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This | |
605 | function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug | |
606 | Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS} | |
607 | macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is | |
608 | set in DR6. | |
609 | ||
610 | @findex i386_insert_watchpoint | |
611 | @findex i386_remove_watchpoint | |
612 | @item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type}) | |
613 | @itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type}) | |
614 | Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros | |
615 | @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint} | |
616 | are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first | |
617 | looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same | |
618 | region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the | |
619 | reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug | |
620 | register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found, | |
937f164b FF |
621 | the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored |
622 | value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control | |
9742079a EZ |
623 | register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters, |
624 | and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the | |
625 | inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and | |
626 | @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is | |
627 | required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for | |
628 | each debug register. | |
629 | ||
630 | @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address | |
937f164b FF |
631 | in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and |
632 | length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new | |
9742079a EZ |
633 | values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and |
634 | @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several | |
635 | watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it | |
636 | decrements the reference count, and only calls | |
637 | @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when | |
638 | the count goes to zero. | |
639 | ||
640 | @findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint | |
641 | @findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint | |
642 | @item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow} | |
643 | @itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow}) | |
644 | These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The | |
645 | macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and | |
646 | @code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions. | |
647 | These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and | |
648 | @code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up | |
649 | the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each | |
650 | hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug | |
651 | register. | |
652 | ||
653 | @findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp | |
654 | @item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void) | |
655 | This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or | |
656 | hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like | |
657 | @code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't return the | |
658 | address whose watchpoint triggered. | |
659 | ||
660 | @findex i386_cleanup_dregs | |
661 | @item i386_cleanup_dregs (void) | |
662 | This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control | |
663 | bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect | |
664 | the actual debug registers in the inferior process. | |
665 | @end table | |
666 | ||
667 | @noindent | |
668 | @strong{Notes:} | |
669 | @enumerate 1 | |
670 | @item | |
671 | x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes. | |
672 | However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since | |
673 | @code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O | |
674 | watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running | |
675 | on x86. | |
676 | ||
677 | @item | |
678 | x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task | |
679 | only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register, | |
680 | there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines | |
681 | whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The | |
682 | current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN} | |
683 | always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global | |
684 | watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably | |
685 | unavailable in many platforms. | |
686 | @end enumerate | |
687 | ||
bcd7e15f JB |
688 | @section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals |
689 | @cindex observer pattern interface | |
690 | @cindex notifications about changes in internals | |
691 | ||
692 | In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when | |
693 | some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these | |
694 | modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being | |
695 | hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was | |
696 | versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in | |
697 | @value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also | |
698 | a strong limitation. | |
699 | ||
700 | A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design | |
701 | Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide | |
702 | a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms | |
703 | previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed, | |
704 | easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard | |
705 | interface when adding new notifications. | |
706 | ||
707 | See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers | |
708 | currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current | |
709 | implementation is also briefly discussed. | |
710 | ||
c906108c SS |
711 | @node User Interface |
712 | ||
713 | @chapter User Interface | |
714 | ||
25822942 | 715 | @value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface |
c906108c SS |
716 | is the most common and most familiar, there are others. |
717 | ||
718 | @section Command Interpreter | |
719 | ||
56caf160 | 720 | @cindex command interpreter |
0ee54786 | 721 | @cindex CLI |
25822942 | 722 | The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to |
c906108c SS |
723 | allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also |
724 | has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to | |
725 | a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list. | |
726 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
727 | For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the |
728 | @code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses | |
c906108c SS |
729 | to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}. |
730 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
731 | @findex add_cmd |
732 | @findex add_com | |
c906108c SS |
733 | To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to |
734 | the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual | |
cfeada60 | 735 | place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at |
9742079a | 736 | the ends of most source files. |
cfeada60 | 737 | |
40dd2248 TT |
738 | @findex add_setshow_cmd |
739 | @findex add_setshow_cmd_full | |
740 | To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use | |
741 | @code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is | |
742 | a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to | |
743 | further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns | |
744 | the new command structures for manipulation. | |
745 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
746 | @cindex deprecating commands |
747 | @findex deprecate_cmd | |
cfeada60 FN |
748 | Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to |
749 | deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or | |
750 | aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a | |
751 | @code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the | |
752 | return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the | |
753 | command immediately after it is created. | |
754 | ||
c72e7388 | 755 | The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a |
cfeada60 FN |
756 | replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to |
757 | @code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e. the | |
758 | entire string the user should type at the command line. | |
c906108c | 759 | |
0ee54786 EZ |
760 | @section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions |
761 | @c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando | |
762 | @c Nasser <[email protected]>. | |
763 | ||
764 | @cindex @code{ui_out} functions | |
765 | The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the | |
766 | @value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user | |
767 | interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer | |
768 | from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for | |
769 | every UI, to produce output. | |
770 | ||
771 | @subsection Overview and Terminology | |
772 | ||
773 | In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort | |
774 | of output, and can even generate an input request. | |
775 | ||
776 | Output can be generated for the following purposes: | |
777 | ||
778 | @itemize @bullet | |
779 | @item | |
780 | to display a @emph{result} of an operation; | |
781 | ||
782 | @item | |
783 | to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested | |
784 | operation; | |
785 | ||
786 | @item | |
787 | to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including | |
788 | progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation); | |
789 | ||
790 | @item | |
791 | to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings); | |
792 | ||
793 | @item | |
794 | to show @emph{debug data}; | |
795 | ||
796 | @item | |
797 | to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case). | |
798 | @end itemize | |
799 | ||
800 | @noindent | |
801 | This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output, | |
802 | although some of it also applies to other kinds of output. | |
803 | ||
804 | Generation of output that displays the results of an operation | |
805 | involves one or more of the following: | |
806 | ||
807 | @itemize @bullet | |
808 | @item | |
809 | output of the actual data | |
810 | ||
811 | @item | |
812 | formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it | |
813 | easily readable by humans | |
814 | ||
815 | @item | |
816 | machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy | |
817 | parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output | |
818 | ||
819 | @item | |
c72e7388 AC |
820 | annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting |
821 | parts in the output | |
0ee54786 EZ |
822 | @end itemize |
823 | ||
824 | The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects. | |
c72e7388 AC |
825 | Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use |
826 | of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is | |
0ee54786 EZ |
827 | deprecated. |
828 | ||
c72e7388 AC |
829 | Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field}; |
830 | a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of | |
831 | non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a | |
832 | header and a body. In a BNF-like form: | |
0ee54786 | 833 | |
c72e7388 AC |
834 | @table @code |
835 | @item <table> @expansion{} | |
836 | @code{<header> <body>} | |
837 | @item <header> @expansion{} | |
838 | @code{@{ <column> @}} | |
839 | @item <column> @expansion{} | |
840 | @code{<width> <alignment> <title>} | |
841 | @item <body> @expansion{} | |
842 | @code{@{<row>@}} | |
843 | @end table | |
0ee54786 EZ |
844 | |
845 | ||
846 | @subsection General Conventions | |
847 | ||
c72e7388 AC |
848 | Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are |
849 | @code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created | |
850 | object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines. | |
0ee54786 | 851 | |
c72e7388 AC |
852 | The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer |
853 | to a @code{struct ui_out}. | |
0ee54786 | 854 | |
c72e7388 AC |
855 | The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions. |
856 | When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments | |
857 | sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied | |
0ee54786 EZ |
858 | format. |
859 | ||
c72e7388 AC |
860 | When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function |
861 | call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
862 | |
863 | ||
c72e7388 | 864 | @subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions |
0ee54786 EZ |
865 | |
866 | @cindex list output functions | |
867 | @cindex table output functions | |
c72e7388 AC |
868 | @cindex tuple output functions |
869 | This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists, | |
870 | tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items | |
871 | (fields) are presented in the next section. | |
0ee54786 | 872 | |
c72e7388 AC |
873 | To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field |
874 | containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of | |
875 | fields where each field describes an identical object. | |
0ee54786 | 876 | |
c72e7388 AC |
877 | Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of |
878 | rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this | |
879 | even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
880 | |
881 | @cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions | |
c72e7388 AC |
882 | Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a |
883 | maximum of five levels. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
884 | |
885 | The overall structure of the table output code is something like this: | |
886 | ||
474c8240 | 887 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
888 | ui_out_table_begin |
889 | ui_out_table_header | |
c72e7388 | 890 | @dots{} |
0ee54786 | 891 | ui_out_table_body |
c72e7388 | 892 | ui_out_tuple_begin |
0ee54786 | 893 | ui_out_field_* |
c72e7388 AC |
894 | @dots{} |
895 | ui_out_tuple_end | |
896 | @dots{} | |
0ee54786 | 897 | ui_out_table_end |
474c8240 | 898 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 | 899 | |
c72e7388 | 900 | Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out} |
0ee54786 EZ |
901 | functions: |
902 | ||
c72e7388 AC |
903 | @deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid}) |
904 | The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output | |
905 | of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out} | |
906 | function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in | |
907 | the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table. | |
908 | @var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string | |
909 | pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of | |
910 | @code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it | |
911 | was @code{malloc}ed. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
912 | |
913 | The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks | |
914 | the end of the table's output. | |
915 | @end deftypefun | |
916 | ||
c72e7388 AC |
917 | @deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr}) |
918 | @code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single | |
919 | table column. You call this function several times, one each for every | |
920 | column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before | |
921 | @code{ui_out_table_body}. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
922 | |
923 | The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The | |
924 | value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and | |
925 | @code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify, | |
926 | center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that | |
927 | specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so | |
c72e7388 AC |
928 | column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the |
929 | call. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
930 | @end deftypefun |
931 | ||
932 | @deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}) | |
c72e7388 | 933 | This function delimits the table header from the table body. |
0ee54786 EZ |
934 | @end deftypefun |
935 | ||
936 | @deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}) | |
c72e7388 AC |
937 | This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called |
938 | after the table body has been produced by the list and field output | |
939 | functions. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
940 | |
941 | There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each | |
c72e7388 AC |
942 | call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions |
943 | will signal an internal error. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
944 | @end deftypefun |
945 | ||
c72e7388 | 946 | The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the |
0ee54786 | 947 | call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to |
c72e7388 AC |
948 | @code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling |
949 | @code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable | |
0ee54786 EZ |
950 | calls to functions which actually output fields between them. |
951 | ||
c72e7388 AC |
952 | @deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id}) |
953 | This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points | |
954 | to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the | |
955 | implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed | |
956 | after the call. | |
957 | @end deftypefun | |
958 | ||
959 | @deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}) | |
960 | This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly | |
961 | one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to | |
962 | @code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will | |
963 | be signaled. | |
964 | @end deftypefun | |
965 | ||
966 | @deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id}) | |
967 | This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup | |
968 | (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient | |
969 | and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function | |
b9aa90c9 | 970 | cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence: |
c72e7388 AC |
971 | @smallexample |
972 | struct cleanup *old_cleanup; | |
973 | ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "..."); | |
974 | old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end, | |
975 | uiout); | |
976 | @end smallexample | |
977 | @end deftypefun | |
978 | ||
979 | @deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id}) | |
980 | This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to | |
981 | an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the | |
982 | implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed | |
983 | after the call. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
984 | @end deftypefun |
985 | ||
986 | @deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}) | |
c72e7388 AC |
987 | This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly |
988 | one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to | |
989 | @code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will | |
990 | be signaled. | |
991 | @end deftypefun | |
992 | ||
993 | @deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id}) | |
994 | Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function | |
995 | opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) | |
996 | that will close the list.list. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
997 | @end deftypefun |
998 | ||
999 | @subsection Item Output Functions | |
1000 | ||
1001 | @cindex item output functions | |
1002 | @cindex field output functions | |
1003 | @cindex data output | |
1004 | The functions described below produce output for the actual data | |
1005 | items, or fields, which contain information about the object. | |
1006 | ||
1007 | Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs. | |
1008 | ||
1009 | @deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...) | |
1010 | This is the most general output function. It produces the | |
1011 | representation of the data in the variable-length argument list | |
1012 | according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a | |
1013 | @code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname} | |
1014 | supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are | |
1015 | supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}. | |
1016 | ||
1017 | This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to | |
1018 | use one of the specialized versions (see below). | |
1019 | @end deftypefun | |
1020 | ||
c72e7388 | 1021 | @deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value}) |
0ee54786 EZ |
1022 | This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the |
1023 | @code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies | |
1024 | the name of the field. | |
1025 | @end deftypefun | |
8d19fbd2 JJ |
1026 | |
1027 | @deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value}) | |
1028 | This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from | |
1029 | @code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output. | |
1030 | @var{fldname} specifies | |
1031 | the name of the field. | |
1032 | @end deftypefun | |
0ee54786 | 1033 | |
c72e7388 | 1034 | @deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address}) |
0ee54786 EZ |
1035 | This function outputs an address. |
1036 | @end deftypefun | |
1037 | ||
c72e7388 | 1038 | @deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string}) |
0ee54786 EZ |
1039 | This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion |
1040 | specification. | |
1041 | @end deftypefun | |
1042 | ||
1043 | Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using | |
1044 | functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or | |
1045 | @code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of | |
1046 | the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object | |
1047 | used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one | |
1048 | of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a | |
1049 | @code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end, | |
1050 | you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling | |
1051 | @code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that | |
1052 | @code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions, | |
1053 | and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you | |
1054 | constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed, | |
1055 | you should destroy it and free its memory by calling | |
1056 | @code{ui_out_stream_delete}. | |
1057 | ||
1058 | @deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}) | |
1059 | This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the | |
1060 | same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is | |
1061 | passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created | |
1062 | @code{ui_stream} object. | |
1063 | @end deftypefun | |
1064 | ||
1065 | @deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf}) | |
1066 | This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by | |
1067 | @var{streambuf}. | |
1068 | @end deftypefun | |
1069 | ||
c72e7388 | 1070 | @deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf}) |
0ee54786 EZ |
1071 | This function consumes all the data accumulated in |
1072 | @code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like | |
1073 | @code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to | |
1074 | @code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but | |
1075 | the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields. | |
1076 | @end deftypefun | |
1077 | ||
1078 | @strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail | |
1079 | out before completing output generation and reaching the point where | |
1080 | @code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a | |
1081 | cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a | |
1082 | skeleton code to do that: | |
1083 | ||
1084 | @smallexample | |
1085 | struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout); | |
1086 | struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf); | |
1087 | ... | |
1088 | do_cleanups (old); | |
1089 | @end smallexample | |
1090 | ||
1091 | If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds | |
1092 | of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it: | |
1093 | ||
1094 | @smallexample | |
1095 | mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout); | |
1096 | make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf); | |
1097 | @end smallexample | |
1098 | ||
1099 | Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call | |
1100 | @code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the | |
1101 | same buffer twice. | |
1102 | ||
1103 | @subsection Utility Output Functions | |
1104 | ||
c72e7388 | 1105 | @deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}) |
0ee54786 EZ |
1106 | This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave |
1107 | an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument | |
1108 | @var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed. | |
1109 | @end deftypefun | |
1110 | ||
c72e7388 | 1111 | @deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string}) |
0ee54786 EZ |
1112 | This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it |
1113 | easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of | |
1114 | this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it | |
1115 | from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen. | |
1116 | ||
1117 | Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around | |
1118 | the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according | |
1119 | to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a | |
1120 | string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to | |
1121 | output short messages. | |
1122 | @end deftypefun | |
1123 | ||
1124 | @deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces}) | |
1125 | This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the | |
1126 | text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or | |
1127 | list. | |
1128 | @end deftypefun | |
1129 | ||
c72e7388 | 1130 | @deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...) |
0ee54786 EZ |
1131 | This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current |
1132 | verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The | |
1133 | current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set | |
1134 | verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001), | |
1135 | setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned | |
1136 | as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity} | |
1137 | argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.} | |
1138 | @end deftypefun | |
1139 | ||
1140 | @deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent}) | |
1141 | This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint | |
1142 | of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other | |
1143 | output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to | |
1144 | be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain | |
1145 | accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an | |
1146 | explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If | |
1147 | @var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented. | |
1148 | @end deftypefun | |
1149 | ||
1150 | @deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}) | |
1151 | This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if | |
1152 | the UI buffers output. | |
1153 | @end deftypefun | |
1154 | ||
1155 | ||
1156 | @subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions | |
1157 | ||
1158 | @cindex using @code{ui_out} functions | |
1159 | @cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples | |
1160 | This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out} | |
1161 | functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in | |
1162 | @value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the | |
1163 | @file{breakpoints.c} file. | |
1164 | ||
1165 | This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to | |
1166 | produce a table. | |
1167 | ||
1168 | The original code was: | |
1169 | ||
474c8240 | 1170 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1171 | if (!found_a_breakpoint++) |
1172 | @{ | |
1173 | annotate_breakpoints_headers (); | |
1174 | ||
1175 | annotate_field (0); | |
1176 | printf_filtered ("Num "); | |
1177 | annotate_field (1); | |
1178 | printf_filtered ("Type "); | |
1179 | annotate_field (2); | |
1180 | printf_filtered ("Disp "); | |
1181 | annotate_field (3); | |
1182 | printf_filtered ("Enb "); | |
1183 | if (addressprint) | |
1184 | @{ | |
1185 | annotate_field (4); | |
1186 | printf_filtered ("Address "); | |
1187 | @} | |
1188 | annotate_field (5); | |
1189 | printf_filtered ("What\n"); | |
1190 | ||
1191 | annotate_breakpoints_table (); | |
1192 | @} | |
474c8240 | 1193 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1194 | |
1195 | Here's the new version: | |
1196 | ||
474c8240 | 1197 | @smallexample |
c72e7388 AC |
1198 | nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{}; |
1199 | ||
1200 | if (addressprint) | |
1201 | ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable"); | |
1202 | else | |
1203 | ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable"); | |
1204 | ||
1205 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1206 | annotate_breakpoints_headers (); | |
1207 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1208 | annotate_field (0); | |
1209 | ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */ | |
1210 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1211 | annotate_field (1); | |
1212 | ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */ | |
1213 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1214 | annotate_field (2); | |
1215 | ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */ | |
1216 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1217 | annotate_field (3); | |
1218 | ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */ | |
1219 | if (addressprint) | |
1220 | @{ | |
1221 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1222 | annotate_field (4); | |
1223 | if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32) | |
1224 | ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */ | |
0ee54786 | 1225 | else |
c72e7388 AC |
1226 | ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */ |
1227 | @} | |
1228 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1229 | annotate_field (5); | |
1230 | ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */ | |
1231 | ui_out_table_body (uiout); | |
1232 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1233 | annotate_breakpoints_table (); | |
474c8240 | 1234 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1235 | |
1236 | This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how | |
1237 | to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined | |
1238 | in the above example. The original code was: | |
1239 | ||
474c8240 | 1240 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1241 | annotate_record (); |
1242 | annotate_field (0); | |
1243 | printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number); | |
1244 | annotate_field (1); | |
1245 | if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0])) | |
1246 | || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type)) | |
1247 | internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.", | |
1248 | (int)b->type); | |
1249 | printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description); | |
1250 | annotate_field (2); | |
1251 | printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]); | |
1252 | annotate_field (3); | |
1253 | printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]); | |
c72e7388 | 1254 | @dots{} |
474c8240 | 1255 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1256 | |
1257 | This is the new version: | |
1258 | ||
474c8240 | 1259 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 | 1260 | annotate_record (); |
c72e7388 | 1261 | ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt"); |
0ee54786 EZ |
1262 | annotate_field (0); |
1263 | ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); | |
1264 | annotate_field (1); | |
1265 | if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0]))) | |
1266 | || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type)) | |
1267 | internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.", | |
1268 | (int) b->type); | |
1269 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description); | |
1270 | annotate_field (2); | |
1271 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]); | |
1272 | annotate_field (3); | |
1273 | ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]); | |
c72e7388 | 1274 | @dots{} |
474c8240 | 1275 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1276 | |
1277 | This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to | |
1278 | produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression} | |
1279 | functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to | |
1280 | automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was: | |
1281 | ||
474c8240 | 1282 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1283 | annotate_field (5); |
1284 | print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout); | |
474c8240 | 1285 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1286 | |
1287 | The new version is: | |
1288 | ||
474c8240 | 1289 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1290 | struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout); |
1291 | struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb); | |
1292 | ... | |
1293 | annotate_field (5); | |
1294 | print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream); | |
1295 | ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream); | |
474c8240 | 1296 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1297 | |
1298 | This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use | |
1299 | @code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code | |
1300 | was: | |
1301 | ||
474c8240 | 1302 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1303 | annotate_field (5); |
1304 | if (b->dll_pathname == NULL) | |
1305 | printf_filtered ("<any library> "); | |
1306 | else | |
1307 | printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname); | |
474c8240 | 1308 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1309 | |
1310 | It became: | |
1311 | ||
474c8240 | 1312 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1313 | annotate_field (5); |
1314 | if (b->dll_pathname == NULL) | |
1315 | @{ | |
1316 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>"); | |
1317 | ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1); | |
1318 | @} | |
1319 | else | |
1320 | @{ | |
1321 | ui_out_text (uiout, "library \""); | |
1322 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname); | |
1323 | ui_out_text (uiout, "\" "); | |
1324 | @} | |
474c8240 | 1325 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1326 | |
1327 | The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to | |
1328 | use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original | |
1329 | code was: | |
1330 | ||
474c8240 | 1331 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1332 | annotate_field (5); |
1333 | if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0) | |
1334 | printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid); | |
474c8240 | 1335 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1336 | |
1337 | It became: | |
1338 | ||
474c8240 | 1339 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1340 | annotate_field (5); |
1341 | if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0) | |
1342 | @{ | |
1343 | ui_out_text (uiout, "process "); | |
1344 | ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid); | |
1345 | ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1); | |
1346 | @} | |
474c8240 | 1347 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1348 | |
1349 | Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original | |
1350 | code was: | |
1351 | ||
474c8240 | 1352 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1353 | annotate_field (5); |
1354 | if (b->exec_pathname != NULL) | |
1355 | printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname); | |
474c8240 | 1356 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1357 | |
1358 | It became: | |
1359 | ||
474c8240 | 1360 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1361 | annotate_field (5); |
1362 | if (b->exec_pathname != NULL) | |
1363 | @{ | |
1364 | ui_out_text (uiout, "program \""); | |
1365 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname); | |
1366 | ui_out_text (uiout, "\" "); | |
1367 | @} | |
474c8240 | 1368 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1369 | |
1370 | Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code: | |
1371 | ||
474c8240 | 1372 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1373 | annotate_field (4); |
1374 | printf_filtered ("%s ", | |
15a661f3 | 1375 | hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8)); |
474c8240 | 1376 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1377 | |
1378 | It became: | |
1379 | ||
474c8240 | 1380 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1381 | annotate_field (4); |
1382 | ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address); | |
474c8240 | 1383 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1384 | |
1385 | ||
c906108c SS |
1386 | @section Console Printing |
1387 | ||
1388 | @section TUI | |
1389 | ||
89437448 | 1390 | @node libgdb |
c906108c | 1391 | |
89437448 AC |
1392 | @chapter libgdb |
1393 | ||
1394 | @section libgdb 1.0 | |
1395 | @cindex @code{libgdb} | |
1396 | @code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was | |
1397 | to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality. | |
1398 | ||
1399 | @section libgdb 2.0 | |
56caf160 | 1400 | @cindex @code{libgdb} |
89437448 AC |
1401 | @code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is |
1402 | better able to support graphical and other environments. | |
1403 | ||
1404 | Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still | |
1405 | evolving. The following components have so far been identified: | |
1406 | ||
1407 | @itemize @bullet | |
1408 | @item | |
1409 | Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}. | |
1410 | @item | |
1411 | Builder - @file{ui-out.h} | |
1412 | @item | |
1413 | Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h} | |
1414 | @item | |
1415 | Library - @file{gdb.h} | |
1416 | @end itemize | |
1417 | ||
1418 | The model that ties these components together is described below. | |
1419 | ||
1420 | @section The @code{libgdb} Model | |
1421 | ||
1422 | A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways. | |
1423 | ||
1424 | @itemize @bullet | |
1425 | @item | |
1426 | As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from | |
1427 | @code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run | |
1428 | state, etc). | |
1429 | @item | |
1430 | As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to | |
1431 | obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}. | |
1432 | @end itemize | |
1433 | ||
1434 | Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g. a GUI supporting | |
1435 | the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when | |
1436 | controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that | |
1437 | @code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb}) | |
1438 | before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query. | |
1439 | ||
1440 | @section CLI support | |
1441 | ||
1442 | At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of | |
1443 | @code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in | |
1444 | their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's | |
1445 | requirements. | |
1446 | ||
1447 | It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal | |
1448 | (alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch | |
1449 | out the theory: | |
1450 | ||
1451 | @itemize @bullet | |
1452 | @item | |
1453 | The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}. | |
1454 | @item | |
1455 | The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own | |
1456 | versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and | |
1457 | @code{gdb_stdout} streams. | |
1458 | @item | |
1459 | The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only | |
1460 | used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}. | |
1461 | @end itemize | |
1462 | ||
1463 | When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it | |
1464 | along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all | |
1465 | the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted) | |
1466 | through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams. | |
1467 | At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by | |
1468 | virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer. | |
1469 | ||
1470 | The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until | |
1471 | @code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the | |
1472 | client's custom builder). | |
1473 | ||
1474 | @section @code{libgdb} components | |
1475 | ||
1476 | @subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h} | |
1477 | @file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can | |
1478 | be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one | |
1479 | observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay | |
1480 | the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has | |
1481 | finished the current command. | |
1482 | ||
1483 | @subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h} | |
1484 | @file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to | |
1485 | create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb} | |
1486 | when doing any queries. | |
1487 | ||
1488 | @subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h} | |
1489 | @c There could be an entire section on the event-loop | |
1490 | @file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event | |
1491 | loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or, | |
1492 | implement a new event-loop that GDB would use. | |
1493 | ||
1494 | The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that | |
a9f12a31 | 1495 | @value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking |
89437448 AC |
1496 | instead of returning. |
1497 | ||
1498 | @subheading Library - @file{gdb.h} | |
1499 | @file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides | |
1500 | the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out} | |
1501 | builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder | |
1502 | before the query function returns. | |
c906108c SS |
1503 | |
1504 | @node Symbol Handling | |
1505 | ||
1506 | @chapter Symbol Handling | |
1507 | ||
25822942 | 1508 | Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables, |
c906108c SS |
1509 | functions, and types. |
1510 | ||
1511 | @section Symbol Reading | |
1512 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1513 | @cindex symbol reading |
1514 | @cindex reading of symbols | |
1515 | @cindex symbol files | |
1516 | @value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol | |
1517 | file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is | |
1518 | debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for | |
1519 | symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read | |
1520 | more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while | |
1521 | reading symbols from shared libraries. | |
1522 | ||
1523 | @findex find_sym_fns | |
1524 | Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using | |
1525 | the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type | |
1526 | of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses | |
1527 | this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions. | |
1528 | ||
1529 | @findex add_symtab_fns | |
1530 | @cindex @code{sym_fns} structure | |
1531 | @cindex adding a symbol-reading module | |
1532 | Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling | |
c906108c SS |
1533 | @code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument |
1534 | to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the | |
1535 | name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix, | |
1536 | and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various | |
56caf160 | 1537 | times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified |
c906108c SS |
1538 | prefix. |
1539 | ||
1540 | The functions supplied by each module are: | |
1541 | ||
1542 | @table @code | |
1543 | @item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf) | |
1544 | ||
56caf160 | 1545 | @cindex secondary symbol file |
c906108c SS |
1546 | Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new |
1547 | symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly | |
1548 | resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to | |
56caf160 EZ |
1549 | read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading |
1550 | might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file | |
c906108c SS |
1551 | whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table. |
1552 | ||
1553 | The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated | |
1554 | @code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the | |
1555 | new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed, | |
1556 | and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private | |
1557 | information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed | |
1558 | in the @code{private} field. | |
1559 | ||
1560 | There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call | |
1561 | @code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem. | |
1562 | ||
1563 | @item @var{xyz}_new_init() | |
1564 | ||
1565 | Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols. | |
56caf160 EZ |
1566 | This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal |
1567 | state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of | |
1568 | @value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no | |
1569 | arguments and no result. It may be called after | |
1570 | @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or | |
1571 | may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded. | |
c906108c SS |
1572 | |
1573 | @item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline) | |
1574 | ||
1575 | Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a | |
1576 | symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs. | |
1577 | ||
56caf160 | 1578 | @code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to |
c906108c SS |
1579 | @code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is |
1580 | the offset between the file's specified start address and its true | |
1581 | address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol | |
1582 | table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g. shared library | |
1583 | or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill | |
1584 | @end table | |
1585 | ||
1586 | In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when | |
1587 | @var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer | |
1588 | to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called | |
25822942 | 1589 | from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code. |
c906108c SS |
1590 | |
1591 | @table @code | |
1592 | @item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst) | |
1593 | ||
56caf160 | 1594 | Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if |
c906108c SS |
1595 | the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab} |
1596 | pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a | |
56caf160 EZ |
1597 | symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and |
1598 | @code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or | |
c906108c SS |
1599 | zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file. |
1600 | @end table | |
1601 | ||
1602 | @section Partial Symbol Tables | |
1603 | ||
56caf160 | 1604 | @value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables: |
c906108c SS |
1605 | |
1606 | @itemize @bullet | |
56caf160 EZ |
1607 | @cindex full symbol table |
1608 | @cindex symtabs | |
1609 | @item | |
1610 | Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main | |
1611 | information about symbols and addresses. | |
c906108c | 1612 | |
56caf160 EZ |
1613 | @cindex psymtabs |
1614 | @item | |
1615 | Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough | |
c906108c SS |
1616 | information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full |
1617 | symbol table. | |
1618 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1619 | @cindex minimal symbol table |
1620 | @cindex minsymtabs | |
1621 | @item | |
1622 | Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information | |
c906108c | 1623 | gleaned from non-debugging symbols. |
c906108c SS |
1624 | @end itemize |
1625 | ||
56caf160 | 1626 | @cindex partial symbol table |
c906108c SS |
1627 | This section describes partial symbol tables. |
1628 | ||
1629 | A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable | |
1630 | file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are | |
56caf160 | 1631 | extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will |
c906108c | 1632 | need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the |
25822942 | 1633 | information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very |
c906108c SS |
1634 | quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small |
1635 | pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to | |
1636 | the user. | |
1637 | @c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.) | |
1638 | ||
1639 | The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those | |
1640 | visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from | |
1641 | that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and | |
56caf160 | 1642 | types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope. |
c906108c SS |
1643 | |
1644 | The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the | |
1645 | full symbol table would represent. | |
1646 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1647 | @cindex finding a symbol |
1648 | @cindex symbol lookup | |
c906108c SS |
1649 | The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the |
1650 | code in the debugger) to reference a symbol: | |
1651 | ||
1652 | @itemize @bullet | |
56caf160 EZ |
1653 | @findex find_pc_function |
1654 | @findex find_pc_line | |
1655 | @item | |
1656 | By its address (e.g. execution stops at some address which is inside a | |
1657 | function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the | |
1658 | range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in. | |
1659 | @code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other | |
1660 | @code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this. | |
c906108c | 1661 | |
56caf160 EZ |
1662 | @cindex lookup_symbol |
1663 | @item | |
1664 | By its name | |
c906108c SS |
1665 | (e.g. the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a |
1666 | function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the | |
1667 | psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will | |
1668 | have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which | |
1669 | case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the | |
56caf160 | 1670 | qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a |
c906108c SS |
1671 | local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol} |
1672 | does most of the work here. | |
c906108c SS |
1673 | @end itemize |
1674 | ||
1675 | The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in | |
1676 | at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab, | |
1677 | while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since | |
1678 | psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in | |
1679 | them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol, | |
1680 | either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by | |
1681 | name. | |
1682 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1683 | It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has |
1684 | been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read | |
1685 | in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain | |
1686 | all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address | |
1687 | ranges. | |
c906108c | 1688 | |
56caf160 | 1689 | The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be |
c906108c SS |
1690 | thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always |
1691 | be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a | |
1692 | bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack, | |
1693 | and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays | |
1694 | on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them | |
1695 | unless you want to do a lot more work. | |
1696 | ||
1697 | @section Types | |
1698 | ||
56caf160 | 1699 | @unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}). |
c906108c | 1700 | |
56caf160 | 1701 | @cindex fundamental types |
25822942 | 1702 | These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental |
c906108c SS |
1703 | types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped |
1704 | into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types | |
56caf160 EZ |
1705 | that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN} |
1706 | knows about. | |
c906108c | 1707 | |
56caf160 | 1708 | @unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}). |
c906108c | 1709 | |
56caf160 EZ |
1710 | @cindex type codes |
1711 | Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one | |
1712 | of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as | |
1713 | @code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR} | |
1714 | which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*} | |
1715 | types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by | |
1716 | other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed | |
1717 | or unsigned, and how many bits it uses. | |
c906108c | 1718 | |
56caf160 | 1719 | @unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}). |
c906108c SS |
1720 | |
1721 | These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to | |
56caf160 EZ |
1722 | fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to |
1723 | use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to | |
1724 | eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int} | |
1725 | initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a | |
1726 | @code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for | |
1727 | an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the | |
1728 | @code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and | |
1729 | only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many | |
1730 | @code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with | |
1731 | some particular objfile. | |
c906108c SS |
1732 | |
1733 | @section Object File Formats | |
56caf160 | 1734 | @cindex object file formats |
c906108c SS |
1735 | |
1736 | @subsection a.out | |
1737 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1738 | @cindex @code{a.out} format |
1739 | The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It | |
1740 | consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss}, | |
1741 | which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data, | |
1742 | respectively. | |
c906108c | 1743 | |
56caf160 | 1744 | The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved |
c906108c | 1745 | place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used |
56caf160 EZ |
1746 | @samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging |
1747 | format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal | |
c906108c SS |
1748 | symbols with distinctive attributes. |
1749 | ||
56caf160 | 1750 | The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}. |
c906108c SS |
1751 | |
1752 | @subsection COFF | |
1753 | ||
56caf160 | 1754 | @cindex COFF format |
c906108c SS |
1755 | The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix. |
1756 | COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The | |
1757 | number of sections is limited. | |
1758 | ||
1759 | The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this | |
1760 | was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For | |
1761 | instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an | |
1762 | included file. | |
1763 | ||
1764 | The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}. | |
1765 | ||
1766 | @subsection ECOFF | |
1767 | ||
56caf160 | 1768 | @cindex ECOFF format |
c906108c SS |
1769 | ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha |
1770 | workstations. | |
1771 | ||
1772 | The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}. | |
1773 | ||
1774 | @subsection XCOFF | |
1775 | ||
56caf160 | 1776 | @cindex XCOFF format |
c906108c SS |
1777 | The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF. |
1778 | The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging | |
56caf160 EZ |
1779 | symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the |
1780 | @code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more | |
1781 | information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}. | |
c906108c SS |
1782 | |
1783 | The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what | |
1784 | shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which | |
1785 | refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be | |
1786 | relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least | |
1787 | using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has | |
1788 | been run (or the core file has been read). | |
1789 | ||
1790 | @subsection PE | |
1791 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1792 | @cindex PE-COFF format |
1793 | Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their | |
c906108c SS |
1794 | executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers. |
1795 | ||
25822942 | 1796 | While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic |
c906108c SS |
1797 | COFF reader. |
1798 | ||
1799 | @subsection ELF | |
1800 | ||
56caf160 | 1801 | @cindex ELF format |
c906108c SS |
1802 | The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar |
1803 | to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes | |
1804 | many of COFF's limitations. | |
1805 | ||
1806 | The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}. | |
1807 | ||
1808 | @subsection SOM | |
1809 | ||
56caf160 | 1810 | @cindex SOM format |
c906108c SS |
1811 | SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's |
1812 | SOM, which is a cross-language ABI). | |
1813 | ||
1814 | The SOM reader is in @file{hpread.c}. | |
1815 | ||
1816 | @subsection Other File Formats | |
1817 | ||
56caf160 | 1818 | @cindex Netware Loadable Module format |
25822942 | 1819 | Other file formats that have been supported by @value{GDBN} include Netware |
4a98ee0e | 1820 | Loadable Modules (@file{nlmread.c}). |
c906108c SS |
1821 | |
1822 | @section Debugging File Formats | |
1823 | ||
1824 | This section describes characteristics of debugging information that | |
1825 | are independent of the object file format. | |
1826 | ||
1827 | @subsection stabs | |
1828 | ||
56caf160 | 1829 | @cindex stabs debugging info |
c906108c SS |
1830 | @code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out} |
1831 | format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file | |
1832 | formats, such as COFF and ELF. | |
1833 | ||
1834 | While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing, | |
1835 | including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does | |
1836 | the real work. | |
1837 | ||
1838 | @subsection COFF | |
1839 | ||
56caf160 | 1840 | @cindex COFF debugging info |
c906108c SS |
1841 | The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level |
1842 | of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used. | |
1843 | ||
1844 | @subsection Mips debug (Third Eye) | |
1845 | ||
56caf160 | 1846 | @cindex ECOFF debugging info |
c906108c SS |
1847 | ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format. |
1848 | ||
1849 | The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format. | |
1850 | ||
1851 | @subsection DWARF 1 | |
1852 | ||
56caf160 | 1853 | @cindex DWARF 1 debugging info |
c906108c SS |
1854 | DWARF 1 is a debugging format that was originally designed to be |
1855 | used with ELF in SVR4 systems. | |
1856 | ||
c906108c SS |
1857 | @c GCC_PRODUCER |
1858 | @c GPLUS_PRODUCER | |
1859 | @c LCC_PRODUCER | |
1860 | @c If defined, these are the producer strings in a DWARF 1 file. All of | |
1861 | @c these have reasonable defaults already. | |
1862 | ||
1863 | The DWARF 1 reader is in @file{dwarfread.c}. | |
1864 | ||
1865 | @subsection DWARF 2 | |
1866 | ||
56caf160 | 1867 | @cindex DWARF 2 debugging info |
c906108c SS |
1868 | DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1. |
1869 | ||
1870 | The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}. | |
1871 | ||
1872 | @subsection SOM | |
1873 | ||
56caf160 | 1874 | @cindex SOM debugging info |
c906108c SS |
1875 | Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information. |
1876 | ||
25822942 | 1877 | @section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN} |
c906108c | 1878 | |
56caf160 EZ |
1879 | @cindex adding debugging info reader |
1880 | If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc), | |
c906108c SS |
1881 | there is probably little to be done. |
1882 | ||
1883 | If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to | |
1884 | BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document. | |
1885 | ||
1886 | You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the | |
25822942 | 1887 | debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines |
c906108c | 1888 | from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging |
25822942 | 1889 | information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD |
c906108c SS |
1890 | internal data structures. |
1891 | ||
1892 | For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used | |
1893 | to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various | |
1894 | platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that | |
1895 | will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called | |
1896 | directly. This interface should be described in a file | |
56caf160 | 1897 | @file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}. |
c906108c SS |
1898 | |
1899 | ||
1900 | @node Language Support | |
1901 | ||
1902 | @chapter Language Support | |
1903 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1904 | @cindex language support |
1905 | @value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader, | |
1906 | although it is possible for the user to set the source language | |
1907 | manually. | |
c906108c | 1908 | |
56caf160 EZ |
1909 | @value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension |
1910 | of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f} | |
1911 | means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language | |
1912 | identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF. | |
c906108c | 1913 | |
25822942 | 1914 | @section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN} |
c906108c | 1915 | |
56caf160 EZ |
1916 | @cindex adding source language |
1917 | To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the | |
1918 | following steps: | |
c906108c SS |
1919 | |
1920 | @table @emph | |
1921 | @item Create the expression parser. | |
1922 | ||
56caf160 | 1923 | @cindex expression parser |
c906108c | 1924 | This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for |
56caf160 | 1925 | building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in |
c906108c SS |
1926 | @file{parse.c}. |
1927 | ||
56caf160 | 1928 | @cindex language parser |
c906108c SS |
1929 | Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces |
1930 | parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines | |
56caf160 | 1931 | @strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the |
c906108c SS |
1932 | various parsers from defining the same global names: |
1933 | ||
474c8240 | 1934 | @smallexample |
56caf160 EZ |
1935 | #define yyparse @var{lang}_parse |
1936 | #define yylex @var{lang}_lex | |
1937 | #define yyerror @var{lang}_error | |
1938 | #define yylval @var{lang}_lval | |
1939 | #define yychar @var{lang}_char | |
1940 | #define yydebug @var{lang}_debug | |
1941 | #define yypact @var{lang}_pact | |
1942 | #define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1 | |
1943 | #define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2 | |
1944 | #define yydef @var{lang}_def | |
1945 | #define yychk @var{lang}_chk | |
1946 | #define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo | |
1947 | #define yyact @var{lang}_act | |
1948 | #define yyexca @var{lang}_exca | |
1949 | #define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag | |
1950 | #define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs | |
474c8240 | 1951 | @end smallexample |
c906108c SS |
1952 | |
1953 | At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and | |
1954 | initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an | |
1955 | @code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call | |
25822942 | 1956 | @samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN} |
c906108c SS |
1957 | that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables |
1958 | and functions, which will be used via pointers from your | |
1959 | @code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct | |
1960 | language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files, | |
1961 | for more information. | |
1962 | ||
1963 | @item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary | |
1964 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1965 | @cindex expression evaluation routines |
1966 | @findex evaluate_subexp | |
1967 | @findex prefixify_subexp | |
1968 | @findex length_of_subexp | |
c906108c SS |
1969 | If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language), |
1970 | add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support | |
56caf160 EZ |
1971 | code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function |
1972 | defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases | |
c906108c | 1973 | for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}: |
56caf160 | 1974 | @code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute |
c906108c SS |
1975 | the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up. |
1976 | ||
1977 | @item Update some existing code | |
1978 | ||
1979 | Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type | |
1980 | @code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}. | |
1981 | ||
1982 | Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included. | |
1983 | These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases) | |
1984 | are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch | |
1985 | statement, an error is reported. | |
1986 | ||
56caf160 | 1987 | @vindex current_language |
c906108c SS |
1988 | Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable |
1989 | @code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the | |
1990 | @code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable | |
1991 | string. | |
1992 | ||
56caf160 | 1993 | @findex _initialize_language |
c906108c SS |
1994 | Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your |
1995 | language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is | |
25822942 | 1996 | dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for. |
c906108c | 1997 | |
56caf160 | 1998 | @findex allocate_symtab |
c906108c SS |
1999 | Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading |
2000 | code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly. | |
2001 | This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level. | |
2002 | Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source | |
2003 | file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol | |
2004 | information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading | |
2005 | code. | |
2006 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2007 | @findex print_subexp |
2008 | @findex op_print_tab | |
2009 | Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new | |
c906108c SS |
2010 | expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the |
2011 | printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}. | |
2012 | ||
2013 | @item Add a place of call | |
2014 | ||
56caf160 | 2015 | @findex parse_exp_1 |
c906108c | 2016 | Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in |
56caf160 | 2017 | @code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}). |
c906108c SS |
2018 | |
2019 | @item Use macros to trim code | |
2020 | ||
56caf160 | 2021 | @cindex trimming language-dependent code |
25822942 DB |
2022 | The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the |
2023 | languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language | |
c906108c SS |
2024 | @var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the |
2025 | macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to | |
2026 | leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not | |
2027 | using your language. | |
2028 | ||
25822942 | 2029 | Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN} |
c906108c | 2030 | is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the |
25822942 | 2031 | compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all. |
c906108c | 2032 | |
56caf160 EZ |
2033 | See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured |
2034 | for different languages. | |
c906108c SS |
2035 | |
2036 | @item Edit @file{Makefile.in} | |
2037 | ||
2038 | Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro | |
2039 | variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may | |
2040 | not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the | |
2041 | distribution! | |
c906108c SS |
2042 | @end table |
2043 | ||
2044 | ||
2045 | @node Host Definition | |
2046 | ||
2047 | @chapter Host Definition | |
2048 | ||
56caf160 | 2049 | With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host |
7fd60527 AC |
2050 | definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided, |
2051 | mainly, as an historical reference. | |
c906108c SS |
2052 | |
2053 | @section Adding a New Host | |
2054 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2055 | @cindex adding a new host |
2056 | @cindex host, adding | |
7fd60527 AC |
2057 | @value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf. |
2058 | New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts | |
2059 | @value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed | |
2060 | below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will | |
56caf160 | 2061 | eventually disappear. |
c906108c | 2062 | |
c906108c | 2063 | @table @file |
c906108c | 2064 | @item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh |
7fd60527 AC |
2065 | This file once contained both host and native configuration information |
2066 | (@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host | |
2067 | configuration information is now handed by Autoconf. | |
2068 | ||
2069 | Host configuration information included a definition of | |
2070 | @code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC}, | |
7708fa01 AC |
2071 | @code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES}, |
2072 | @code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}. | |
c906108c | 2073 | |
7fd60527 AC |
2074 | New host only configurations do not need this file. |
2075 | ||
c906108c | 2076 | @item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h |
7fd60527 AC |
2077 | This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting |
2078 | gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now | |
2079 | handled by Autoconf. | |
2080 | ||
2081 | New host and native configurations do not need this file. | |
2082 | ||
2083 | @emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h} | |
2084 | file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT}, | |
2085 | @var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code | |
2086 | also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.} | |
c906108c | 2087 | |
c906108c SS |
2088 | @end table |
2089 | ||
2090 | @subheading Generic Host Support Files | |
2091 | ||
56caf160 | 2092 | @cindex generic host support |
c906108c SS |
2093 | There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by |
2094 | various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros | |
2095 | defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for | |
2096 | the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with | |
2097 | @samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}. | |
2098 | ||
2099 | Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need | |
2100 | to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file. | |
2101 | Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o} | |
2102 | into @code{XDEPFILES}. | |
2103 | ||
2104 | @table @file | |
56caf160 EZ |
2105 | @cindex remote debugging support |
2106 | @cindex serial line support | |
c906108c SS |
2107 | @item ser-unix.c |
2108 | This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always | |
2109 | included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this | |
2110 | variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it. | |
2111 | ||
2112 | @item ser-go32.c | |
2113 | This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS, | |
56caf160 | 2114 | using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment. |
c906108c | 2115 | |
56caf160 | 2116 | @cindex TCP remote support |
c906108c SS |
2117 | @item ser-tcp.c |
2118 | This contains generic TCP support using sockets. | |
c906108c SS |
2119 | @end table |
2120 | ||
2121 | @section Host Conditionals | |
2122 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2123 | When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are |
2124 | defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the | |
2125 | attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if | |
2126 | the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where | |
2127 | they are used is indicated) are: | |
c906108c | 2128 | |
56caf160 | 2129 | @ftable @code |
25822942 | 2130 | @item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME |
56caf160 EZ |
2131 | The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally |
2132 | @file{.gdbinit}). | |
c906108c | 2133 | |
cce74817 JM |
2134 | @item NO_STD_REGS |
2135 | This macro is deprecated. | |
2136 | ||
c906108c SS |
2137 | @item SIGWINCH_HANDLER |
2138 | If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name | |
2139 | of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received. | |
2140 | ||
2141 | @item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY | |
2142 | Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by | |
2143 | the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}. | |
2144 | ||
2145 | @item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP | |
56caf160 | 2146 | @cindex stack alignment |
c906108c SS |
2147 | Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in |
2148 | @code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when | |
2149 | @code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur | |
2150 | on several different types of systems. | |
2151 | ||
2152 | @item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES | |
56caf160 | 2153 | @cindex DOS text files |
c906108c SS |
2154 | Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a |
2155 | line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r} | |
56caf160 EZ |
2156 | characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files |
2157 | which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary | |
c906108c SS |
2158 | mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}. |
2159 | ||
2160 | @item DEFAULT_PROMPT | |
56caf160 | 2161 | @cindex prompt |
c906108c SS |
2162 | The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}). |
2163 | ||
2164 | @item DEV_TTY | |
56caf160 | 2165 | @cindex terminal device |
c906108c SS |
2166 | The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}. |
2167 | ||
c906108c SS |
2168 | @item FOPEN_RB |
2169 | Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files. | |
2170 | ||
c906108c | 2171 | @item HAVE_MMAP |
56caf160 | 2172 | @findex mmap |
c906108c SS |
2173 | In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol |
2174 | tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates. | |
2175 | ||
c906108c SS |
2176 | @item HAVE_TERMIO |
2177 | Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}. | |
2178 | ||
c906108c | 2179 | @item INT_MAX |
9742079a EZ |
2180 | @itemx INT_MIN |
2181 | @itemx LONG_MAX | |
2182 | @itemx UINT_MAX | |
2183 | @itemx ULONG_MAX | |
c906108c SS |
2184 | Values for host-side constants. |
2185 | ||
2186 | @item ISATTY | |
2187 | Substitute for isatty, if not available. | |
2188 | ||
2189 | @item LONGEST | |
2190 | This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined, | |
2191 | it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on | |
2192 | @code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}. | |
2193 | ||
2194 | @item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG | |
56caf160 EZ |
2195 | @cindex @code{long long} data type |
2196 | Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set | |
2197 | by the @code{configure} script. | |
c906108c SS |
2198 | |
2199 | @item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG | |
2200 | Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via | |
56caf160 EZ |
2201 | the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the |
2202 | @code{configure} script. | |
c906108c SS |
2203 | |
2204 | @item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE | |
56caf160 EZ |
2205 | Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is |
2206 | set by the @code{configure} script. | |
c906108c SS |
2207 | |
2208 | @item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE | |
2209 | Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point | |
56caf160 EZ |
2210 | numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is |
2211 | set by the @code{configure} script. | |
c906108c SS |
2212 | |
2213 | @item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE | |
2214 | Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double | |
56caf160 EZ |
2215 | float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier |
2216 | @code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script. | |
c906108c SS |
2217 | |
2218 | @item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR | |
2219 | Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number | |
2220 | @code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It | |
2221 | is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible. | |
2222 | ||
2223 | @item L_SET | |
56caf160 EZ |
2224 | This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly, |
2225 | @code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead, | |
2226 | which is the POSIX equivalent. | |
c906108c | 2227 | |
c906108c SS |
2228 | @item NORETURN |
2229 | If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile}, | |
2230 | that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to | |
2231 | indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly | |
2232 | if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined. | |
2233 | ||
2234 | @item ATTR_NORETURN | |
2235 | If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as | |
2236 | @code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations | |
2237 | of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already | |
2238 | set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be | |
2239 | defined. | |
2240 | ||
c906108c | 2241 | @item SEEK_CUR |
9742079a | 2242 | @itemx SEEK_SET |
56caf160 | 2243 | Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already |
c906108c SS |
2244 | defined. |
2245 | ||
2246 | @item STOP_SIGNAL | |
56caf160 EZ |
2247 | This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to |
2248 | @code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.) | |
c906108c | 2249 | |
c906108c SS |
2250 | @item USG |
2251 | Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME: | |
7ca9f392 AC |
2252 | This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and |
2253 | @file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.) | |
c906108c SS |
2254 | |
2255 | @item lint | |
56caf160 | 2256 | Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations. |
c906108c SS |
2257 | |
2258 | @item volatile | |
2259 | Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or | |
2260 | @code{/**/}. | |
56caf160 | 2261 | @end ftable |
c906108c SS |
2262 | |
2263 | ||
2264 | @node Target Architecture Definition | |
2265 | ||
2266 | @chapter Target Architecture Definition | |
2267 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2268 | @cindex target architecture definition |
2269 | @value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of | |
2270 | machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works | |
2271 | with them. | |
c906108c | 2272 | |
af6c57ea AC |
2273 | The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure |
2274 | @code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated | |
93c2c750 | 2275 | using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}. |
c906108c | 2276 | |
70f80edf JT |
2277 | @section Operating System ABI Variant Handling |
2278 | @cindex OS ABI variants | |
2279 | ||
2280 | @value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS | |
2281 | ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of | |
2282 | variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major | |
2283 | components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers. | |
2284 | ||
2285 | A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair | |
2286 | (the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the | |
2287 | OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered | |
2288 | to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are | |
2289 | considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer | |
2290 | overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an | |
2291 | architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two | |
2292 | different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The | |
2293 | OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which | |
2294 | examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note | |
2295 | sections known to be used by several operating systems. | |
2296 | ||
2297 | @cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure | |
2298 | A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the | |
2299 | selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI | |
2300 | for each BFD architecture. | |
2301 | ||
2302 | The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{osabi.h}: | |
2303 | ||
2304 | @table @code | |
2305 | ||
2306 | @findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN | |
2307 | @item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN | |
2308 | The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch} | |
2309 | settings for the architecture will be used. | |
2310 | ||
2311 | @findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4 | |
2312 | @item GDB_OSABI_SVR4 | |
2313 | UNIX System V Release 4 | |
2314 | ||
2315 | @findex GDB_OSABI_HURD | |
2316 | @item GDB_OSABI_HURD | |
2317 | GNU using the Hurd kernel | |
2318 | ||
2319 | @findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS | |
2320 | @item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS | |
2321 | Sun Solaris | |
2322 | ||
2323 | @findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1 | |
2324 | @item GDB_OSABI_OSF1 | |
2325 | OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX | |
2326 | ||
2327 | @findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX | |
2328 | @item GDB_OSABI_LINUX | |
2329 | GNU using the Linux kernel | |
2330 | ||
2331 | @findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT | |
2332 | @item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT | |
2333 | FreeBSD using the a.out executable format | |
2334 | ||
2335 | @findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF | |
2336 | @item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF | |
2337 | FreeBSD using the ELF executable format | |
2338 | ||
2339 | @findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT | |
2340 | @item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT | |
2341 | NetBSD using the a.out executable format | |
2342 | ||
2343 | @findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF | |
2344 | @item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF | |
2345 | NetBSD using the ELF executable format | |
2346 | ||
2347 | @findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE | |
2348 | @item GDB_OSABI_WINCE | |
2349 | Windows CE | |
2350 | ||
1029b7fa MK |
2351 | @findex GDB_OSABI_GO32 |
2352 | @item GDB_OSABI_GO32 | |
2353 | DJGPP | |
2354 | ||
2355 | @findex GDB_OSABI_NETWARE | |
2356 | @item GDB_OSABI_NETWARE | |
2357 | Novell NetWare | |
2358 | ||
70f80edf JT |
2359 | @findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1 |
2360 | @item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1 | |
2361 | ARM Embedded ABI version 1 | |
2362 | ||
2363 | @findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2 | |
2364 | @item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2 | |
2365 | ARM Embedded ABI version 2 | |
2366 | ||
2367 | @findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS | |
2368 | @item GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS | |
2369 | Generic ARM Procedure Call Standard | |
2370 | ||
2371 | @end table | |
2372 | ||
2373 | Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework: | |
2374 | ||
2375 | @deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}) | |
2376 | Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}. | |
2377 | @end deftypefun | |
2378 | ||
c133ab7a | 2379 | @deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch})) |
70f80edf | 2380 | Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the |
c133ab7a MK |
2381 | architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch}, |
2382 | @var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the | |
2383 | machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type, | |
2384 | will suffice. | |
70f80edf JT |
2385 | @end deftypefun |
2386 | ||
2387 | @deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd})) | |
2388 | Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the | |
2389 | BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}. | |
2390 | If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to | |
2391 | be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for | |
2392 | any architecture. | |
2393 | @end deftypefun | |
2394 | ||
2395 | @deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd}) | |
2396 | Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI. | |
2397 | The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot | |
2398 | be determined. | |
2399 | @end deftypefun | |
2400 | ||
2401 | @deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}) | |
2402 | Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the | |
2403 | @code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler | |
2404 | corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s | |
2405 | architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue | |
2406 | with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}. | |
2407 | @end deftypefun | |
2408 | ||
c906108c SS |
2409 | @section Registers and Memory |
2410 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2411 | @value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple. |
2412 | @value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a | |
2413 | block of memory. Each register may have a different size. | |
c906108c | 2414 | |
56caf160 EZ |
2415 | @value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the |
2416 | compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical | |
2417 | that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is | |
2418 | to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses, | |
2419 | and to reflect that in the @code{REGISTER_NAME} and related macros. | |
c906108c | 2420 | |
25822942 | 2421 | @value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures. |
c906108c | 2422 | |
93e79dbd JB |
2423 | @section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses |
2424 | @cindex pointer representation | |
2425 | @cindex address representation | |
2426 | @cindex word-addressed machines | |
2427 | @cindex separate data and code address spaces | |
2428 | @cindex spaces, separate data and code address | |
2429 | @cindex address spaces, separate data and code | |
2430 | @cindex code pointers, word-addressed | |
2431 | @cindex converting between pointers and addresses | |
2432 | @cindex D10V addresses | |
2433 | ||
2434 | On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is | |
2435 | indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number | |
2436 | whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such | |
56caf160 | 2437 | machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably. |
93e79dbd JB |
2438 | However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for |
2439 | address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this | |
2440 | identity, and allows a larger code address space. | |
2441 | ||
172c2a43 | 2442 | For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose |
93e79dbd JB |
2443 | instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are |
2444 | actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't | |
2445 | jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to | |
2446 | full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}. | |
2447 | If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations, | |
2448 | then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions. | |
2449 | However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the | |
56caf160 EZ |
2450 | low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always |
2451 | zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses, | |
2452 | the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to | |
93e79dbd JB |
2453 | refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of |
2454 | code space. | |
2455 | ||
2456 | However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different | |
2457 | forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address | |
2458 | @code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address | |
2459 | @code{0x30080} when used as a code address. | |
2460 | ||
2461 | (The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also | |
2462 | affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're | |
2463 | going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.) | |
2464 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2465 | To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only |
2466 | one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are | |
93e79dbd JB |
2467 | byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation |
2468 | of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above, | |
2469 | @code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses | |
2470 | @code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it. | |
2471 | @value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address | |
2472 | and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture. | |
2473 | ||
2474 | Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all | |
2475 | processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus, | |
2476 | each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does | |
2477 | distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to | |
2478 | clean up some architecture-independent code. | |
2479 | ||
2480 | Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses: | |
2481 | ||
2482 | @deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}) | |
2483 | Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type | |
2484 | @var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner | |
2485 | appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address | |
2486 | @value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that | |
2487 | @var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the | |
2488 | inferior's. | |
2489 | ||
2490 | For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function | |
2491 | extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from | |
2492 | @var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the | |
2493 | D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from | |
2494 | @var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function. | |
2495 | ||
2496 | If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function | |
2497 | will signal an internal error. | |
2498 | @end deftypefun | |
2499 | ||
2500 | @deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr}) | |
2501 | Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a | |
2502 | pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that | |
2503 | @var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the | |
2504 | inferior's. | |
2505 | ||
2506 | For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function | |
2507 | stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the | |
2508 | appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture | |
2509 | is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is | |
2510 | a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}. | |
2511 | ||
2512 | If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function | |
2513 | will signal an internal error. | |
2514 | @end deftypefun | |
2515 | ||
f23631e4 | 2516 | @deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val}) |
93e79dbd JB |
2517 | Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents, |
2518 | as appropriate for the current architecture. | |
2519 | ||
2520 | This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers. | |
2521 | For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as | |
2522 | described above for @code{extract_typed_address}. | |
2523 | @end deftypefun | |
2524 | ||
2525 | @deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr}) | |
2526 | Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to | |
2527 | the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture. | |
2528 | This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described | |
2529 | above for @code{store_typed_address}. | |
2530 | @end deftypefun | |
2531 | ||
93e79dbd JB |
2532 | Here are some macros which architectures can define to indicate the |
2533 | relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default | |
2534 | definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are | |
fc0c74b1 | 2535 | simple unsigned byte addresses. |
93e79dbd JB |
2536 | |
2537 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} CORE_ADDR POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}) | |
2538 | Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the | |
2539 | appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte | |
2540 | address the pointer refers to. | |
2541 | ||
2542 | This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a | |
56caf160 | 2543 | C@t{++} reference type. |
93e79dbd JB |
2544 | @end deftypefn |
2545 | ||
2546 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} void ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr}) | |
2547 | Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address | |
2548 | @var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture. | |
2549 | ||
2550 | This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a | |
56caf160 | 2551 | C@t{++} reference type. |
93e79dbd JB |
2552 | @end deftypefn |
2553 | ||
b5b0480a KB |
2554 | @section Address Classes |
2555 | @cindex address classes | |
2556 | @cindex DW_AT_byte_size | |
2557 | @cindex DW_AT_address_class | |
2558 | ||
2559 | Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available | |
2560 | via the debug information. For example, some programming environments | |
2561 | define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information | |
2562 | distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size | |
2563 | info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit | |
2564 | address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the | |
2565 | following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these | |
2566 | types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to | |
2567 | a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions. | |
2568 | ||
2569 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class}) | |
2570 | Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size | |
2571 | is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}. | |
2572 | This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See | |
2573 | @file{dwarf2read.c}. | |
2574 | @end deftypefn | |
2575 | ||
2576 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} char *ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (int @var{type_flags}) | |
2577 | Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return | |
2578 | its name. | |
2579 | @end deftypefn | |
2580 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_to_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr}) | |
2581 | Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} refererenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags | |
2582 | for that address class qualifier. | |
2583 | @end deftypefn | |
2584 | ||
2585 | Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of | |
2586 | the address class macros defined by default. Predicate | |
2587 | macros are provided to detect when they are defined. | |
2588 | ||
2589 | Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally | |
2590 | 32-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore, | |
2591 | suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply | |
2592 | uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one | |
2593 | of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined | |
2594 | to implement the address class macros: | |
2595 | ||
2596 | @smallexample | |
2597 | somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size, | |
2598 | int dwarf2_addr_class) | |
f2abfe65 | 2599 | @{ |
b5b0480a KB |
2600 | if (byte_size == 2) |
2601 | return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1; | |
2602 | else | |
2603 | return 0; | |
f2abfe65 | 2604 | @} |
b5b0480a KB |
2605 | |
2606 | static char * | |
2607 | somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags) | |
f2abfe65 | 2608 | @{ |
b5b0480a KB |
2609 | if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1) |
2610 | return "short"; | |
2611 | else | |
2612 | return NULL; | |
f2abfe65 | 2613 | @} |
b5b0480a KB |
2614 | |
2615 | int | |
2616 | somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name, | |
2617 | int *type_flags_ptr) | |
f2abfe65 | 2618 | @{ |
b5b0480a | 2619 | if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0) |
f2abfe65 | 2620 | @{ |
b5b0480a KB |
2621 | *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1; |
2622 | return 1; | |
f2abfe65 | 2623 | @} |
b5b0480a KB |
2624 | else |
2625 | return 0; | |
f2abfe65 | 2626 | @} |
b5b0480a KB |
2627 | @end smallexample |
2628 | ||
2629 | The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions | |
2630 | to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if | |
2631 | the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these | |
2632 | short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior: | |
2633 | ||
2634 | @smallexample | |
2635 | (gdb) ptype short_ptr_var | |
2636 | type = int * @@short | |
2637 | @end smallexample | |
2638 | ||
93e79dbd | 2639 | |
13d01224 AC |
2640 | @section Raw and Virtual Register Representations |
2641 | @cindex raw register representation | |
2642 | @cindex virtual register representation | |
2643 | @cindex representations, raw and virtual registers | |
2644 | ||
2645 | @emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The | |
2646 | functionality described here has largely been replaced by | |
2647 | pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target | |
2648 | Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data | |
2649 | Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/, | |
2650 | Bug Tracking Database} and | |
2651 | @uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more | |
2652 | up-to-date information.} | |
af6c57ea | 2653 | |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2654 | Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a |
2655 | register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory. | |
25822942 | 2656 | In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in |
9fb4dd36 | 2657 | the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one |
25822942 | 2658 | used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects. |
9fb4dd36 | 2659 | |
13d01224 AC |
2660 | @emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to |
2661 | both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative | |
2662 | register forms.} | |
2663 | ||
9fb4dd36 JB |
2664 | For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and |
2665 | raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed. | |
2666 | However, they do occasionally differ. For example: | |
2667 | ||
2668 | @itemize @bullet | |
9fb4dd36 | 2669 | @item |
56caf160 | 2670 | The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2671 | we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the |
2672 | floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes | |
2673 | are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries, | |
2674 | allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point | |
2675 | type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed | |
2676 | arrangement is the virtual representation. | |
2677 | ||
2678 | @item | |
25822942 DB |
2679 | Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit |
2680 | registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32 | |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2681 | bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the |
2682 | raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the | |
2683 | virtual representation. | |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2684 | @end itemize |
2685 | ||
2686 | In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or | |
25822942 DB |
2687 | @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation |
2688 | can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file, | |
56caf160 EZ |
2689 | @code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the |
2690 | @value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format. | |
9fb4dd36 | 2691 | |
56caf160 EZ |
2692 | Your architecture may define the following macros to request |
2693 | conversions between the raw and virtual format: | |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2694 | |
2695 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg}) | |
2696 | Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw | |
2697 | and virtual formats. | |
6f6ef15a EZ |
2698 | |
2699 | You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register | |
2700 | unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register. | |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2701 | @end deftypefn |
2702 | ||
12c266ea | 2703 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg}) |
9fb4dd36 | 2704 | The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number |
25822942 | 2705 | of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN} |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2706 | remote protocol packet. |
2707 | @end deftypefn | |
2708 | ||
f30992d4 | 2709 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg}) |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2710 | The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format. |
2711 | This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that | |
2712 | register's value. | |
2713 | @end deftypefn | |
2714 | ||
2e092625 | 2715 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg}) |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2716 | This is the type of the virtual representation of register number |
2717 | @var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the | |
25822942 | 2718 | register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN} |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2719 | always uses the virtual form. |
2720 | @end deftypefn | |
2721 | ||
2722 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to}) | |
2723 | Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which | |
2e092625 | 2724 | should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2725 | at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should |
2726 | convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}. | |
2727 | ||
6f6ef15a EZ |
2728 | Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and |
2729 | @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type} | |
2730 | arguments in different orders. | |
2731 | ||
2732 | You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers | |
2733 | for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero | |
2734 | value. | |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2735 | @end deftypefn |
2736 | ||
2737 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to}) | |
2738 | Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which | |
2e092625 | 2739 | should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2740 | at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should |
2741 | convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}. | |
2742 | ||
2743 | Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take | |
2744 | their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders. | |
2745 | @end deftypefn | |
2746 | ||
2747 | ||
13d01224 AC |
2748 | @section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations |
2749 | @cindex register representation | |
2750 | @cindex memory representation | |
2751 | @cindex representations, register and memory | |
2752 | @cindex register data formats, converting | |
2753 | @cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to | |
2754 | ||
2755 | @emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing | |
2756 | significant change. Many of the macros and functions refered to in this | |
2757 | section are likely to be subject to further revision. See | |
2758 | @uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and | |
2759 | @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for | |
2760 | further information. cagney/2002-05-06.} | |
2761 | ||
2762 | Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a | |
2763 | form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation. | |
2764 | For example: | |
2765 | ||
2766 | @itemize @bullet | |
2767 | ||
2768 | @item | |
2769 | The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in | |
2770 | floating-point registers. | |
2771 | ||
2772 | @item | |
2773 | The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The | |
2774 | @code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits | |
2775 | when stored in a register. | |
2776 | ||
2777 | @end itemize | |
2778 | ||
2779 | In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by | |
2780 | the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while | |
2781 | the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary | |
2782 | Interface. | |
2783 | ||
2784 | For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two | |
2785 | representations are identical, and no special handling is needed. | |
2786 | However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the | |
2787 | following macros to request conversions between the register and memory | |
2788 | representations of a data type: | |
2789 | ||
2790 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} int CONVERT_REGISTER_P (int @var{reg}) | |
2791 | Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this | |
2792 | register may be different to the representation of that same data value | |
2793 | when stored in memory. | |
2794 | ||
2795 | When non-zero, the macros @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and | |
2796 | @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} are used to perform any necessary conversion. | |
2797 | @end deftypefn | |
2798 | ||
2799 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_TO_VALUE (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to}) | |
2800 | Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type | |
2801 | @var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw | |
2802 | format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}. | |
2803 | ||
2804 | Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take | |
2805 | their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders. | |
2806 | ||
2807 | You should only use @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} with registers for which | |
2808 | the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value. | |
2809 | @end deftypefn | |
2810 | ||
2811 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} void VALUE_TO_REGISTER (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to}) | |
2812 | Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}' | |
2813 | raw format. | |
2814 | ||
2815 | Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take | |
2816 | their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders. | |
2817 | ||
2818 | You should only use @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} with registers for which | |
2819 | the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value. | |
2820 | @end deftypefn | |
2821 | ||
2822 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}) | |
2823 | See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want. | |
2824 | @end deftypefn | |
2825 | ||
2826 | ||
c906108c SS |
2827 | @section Frame Interpretation |
2828 | ||
2829 | @section Inferior Call Setup | |
2830 | ||
2831 | @section Compiler Characteristics | |
2832 | ||
2833 | @section Target Conditionals | |
2834 | ||
2835 | This section describes the macros that you can use to define the target | |
2836 | machine. | |
2837 | ||
2838 | @table @code | |
2839 | ||
c906108c | 2840 | @item ADDR_BITS_REMOVE (addr) |
56caf160 | 2841 | @findex ADDR_BITS_REMOVE |
adf40b2e JM |
2842 | If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not |
2843 | really part of the address, then define this macro to expand into an | |
56caf160 | 2844 | expression that zeroes those bits in @var{addr}. This is only used for |
adf40b2e JM |
2845 | addresses of instructions, and even then not in all contexts. |
2846 | ||
2847 | For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA | |
2848 | 2.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding | |
2849 | instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte | |
2850 | boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual | |
2851 | address of the instruction. ADDR_BITS_REMOVE should filter out these | |
2852 | bits with an expression such as @code{((addr) & ~3)}. | |
c906108c | 2853 | |
b5b0480a KB |
2854 | @item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr}) |
2855 | @findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS | |
2856 | If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int} | |
2857 | referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier | |
2858 | and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name, | |
2859 | return 0. | |
2860 | ||
2861 | The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of | |
2862 | @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or | |
2863 | possibly some combination of these values or'd together. | |
2864 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}. | |
2865 | ||
2866 | @item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P () | |
2867 | @findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P | |
2868 | Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS} | |
2869 | has been defined. | |
2870 | ||
2871 | @item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class}) | |
2872 | @findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class}) | |
2873 | Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and | |
2874 | the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags | |
2875 | used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value | |
2876 | returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, | |
2877 | @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these | |
2878 | values or'd together. | |
2879 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}. | |
2880 | ||
2881 | @item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P () | |
2882 | @findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P | |
2883 | Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS} has | |
2884 | been defined. | |
2885 | ||
2886 | @item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (@var{type_flags}) | |
2887 | @findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME | |
2888 | Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type | |
2889 | flags given by @var{type_flags}. | |
2890 | ||
2891 | @item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P () | |
2892 | @findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P | |
2893 | Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME} has | |
2894 | been defined. | |
2895 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}. | |
2896 | ||
93e79dbd | 2897 | @item ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (@var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr}) |
56caf160 | 2898 | @findex ADDRESS_TO_POINTER |
93e79dbd JB |
2899 | Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address |
2900 | @var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture. | |
2901 | This macro may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a | |
56caf160 | 2902 | C@t{++} reference type. |
93e79dbd JB |
2903 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}. |
2904 | ||
c906108c | 2905 | @item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION |
56caf160 EZ |
2906 | @findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION |
2907 | Define if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char} | |
2908 | parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its | |
2909 | original type, rather than the promoted type. | |
c906108c | 2910 | |
c906108c | 2911 | @item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN |
56caf160 EZ |
2912 | @findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN |
2913 | Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the | |
c906108c | 2914 | endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits |
56caf160 | 2915 | are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian. |
c906108c SS |
2916 | |
2917 | @item BREAKPOINT | |
56caf160 | 2918 | @findex BREAKPOINT |
c906108c SS |
2919 | This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into |
2920 | memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap | |
2921 | instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit | |
2922 | pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no | |
2923 | longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture. | |
2924 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2925 | @code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of |
2926 | @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}. | |
7a292a7a | 2927 | |
c906108c | 2928 | @item BIG_BREAKPOINT |
56caf160 EZ |
2929 | @itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT |
2930 | @findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT | |
2931 | @findex BIG_BREAKPOINT | |
c906108c SS |
2932 | Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets. |
2933 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2934 | @code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in |
2935 | favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}. | |
7a292a7a | 2936 | |
2dd0da42 AC |
2937 | @item DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT |
2938 | @itemx DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT | |
2939 | @itemx DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT | |
2940 | @findex DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT | |
2941 | @findex DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT | |
2942 | @findex DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT | |
2943 | Specify the breakpoint instruction sequence for a remote target. | |
2944 | @code{DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT}, | |
2945 | @code{DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} and | |
2946 | @code{DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in | |
2947 | favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} (@pxref{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}). | |
c906108c | 2948 | |
56caf160 EZ |
2949 | @item BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (@var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr}) |
2950 | @findex BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC | |
2dd0da42 AC |
2951 | @anchor{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} Use the program counter to determine the |
2952 | contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to | |
2953 | a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the | |
2954 | length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program | |
2955 | counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the | |
2956 | breakpoint should be inserted. | |
c906108c SS |
2957 | |
2958 | Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's | |
2959 | not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid | |
2960 | instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest | |
2961 | instruction of the architecture. | |
2962 | ||
7a292a7a SS |
2963 | Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros. |
2964 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2965 | @item MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache}) |
2966 | @itemx MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache}) | |
2967 | @findex MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT | |
2968 | @findex MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT | |
917317f4 JM |
2969 | Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults |
2970 | (@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and | |
2971 | @code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been | |
2972 | provided so that it is not necessary to define these for most | |
2973 | architectures. Architectures which may want to define | |
56caf160 | 2974 | @code{MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT} and @code{MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT} will |
917317f4 JM |
2975 | likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a |
2976 | conventional manner. | |
2977 | ||
2978 | It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define | |
2979 | custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if | |
56caf160 | 2980 | @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} needs to read the target's memory for some |
917317f4 JM |
2981 | reason. |
2982 | ||
1485d690 KB |
2983 | @item ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS (@var{address}) |
2984 | @findex ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS | |
2985 | @cindex breakpoint address adjusted | |
2986 | Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint | |
2987 | address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on | |
2988 | breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets. | |
2989 | ||
2990 | The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method. | |
2991 | The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like | |
2992 | instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate | |
2993 | instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes | |
2994 | one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed | |
2995 | in parallel. | |
2996 | ||
2997 | In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions | |
2998 | from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number | |
2999 | information associated with one of the latter statements will likely | |
3000 | refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So, | |
3001 | if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter | |
3002 | statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break | |
3003 | instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle. | |
3004 | (Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute | |
3005 | in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction | |
3006 | at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.) | |
3007 | ||
3008 | The FR-V's @code{ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS} method will adjust a | |
3009 | breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of | |
3010 | the bundle, returning the address of the bundle. | |
3011 | ||
3012 | Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's | |
3013 | expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint | |
3014 | is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit. | |
3015 | ||
c906108c | 3016 | @item CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION |
56caf160 EZ |
3017 | @findex CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION |
3018 | See the file @file{inferior.h}. | |
7a292a7a | 3019 | |
7043d8dc AC |
3020 | This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code} |
3021 | (@pxref{push_dummy_code}). | |
3022 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3023 | @item CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER (@var{regno}) |
3024 | @findex CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER | |
c906108c SS |
3025 | A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched |
3026 | from an inferior process. This is only relevant if | |
3027 | @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined. | |
3028 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3029 | @item CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER (@var{regno}) |
3030 | @findex CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER | |
c906108c SS |
3031 | A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} should not be |
3032 | written to the target. This is often the case for program counters, | |
56caf160 EZ |
3033 | status words, and other special registers. If this is not defined, |
3034 | @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written. | |
c906108c | 3035 | |
13d01224 AC |
3036 | @item int CONVERT_REGISTER_P(@var{regnum}) |
3037 | @findex CONVERT_REGISTER_P | |
3038 | Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a | |
3039 | non-standard form. | |
3040 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}. | |
3041 | ||
c906108c | 3042 | @item DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK |
56caf160 | 3043 | @findex DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK |
c906108c SS |
3044 | Define this to be the amount by which to decrement the PC after the |
3045 | program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in | |
56caf160 | 3046 | @code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0. |
c906108c | 3047 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3048 | @item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr}) |
3049 | @findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK | |
c906108c SS |
3050 | If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared |
3051 | library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled. | |
3052 | ||
5e74b15c | 3053 | @item PRINT_FLOAT_INFO() |
0ab7a791 | 3054 | @findex PRINT_FLOAT_INFO |
5e74b15c RE |
3055 | If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about |
3056 | the processor's floating point unit. | |
3057 | ||
0ab7a791 AC |
3058 | @item print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all}) |
3059 | @findex print_registers_info | |
3060 | If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the | |
3061 | specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print | |
3062 | either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of | |
3063 | registers (@var{all} is zero). | |
3064 | ||
3065 | The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is | |
3066 | zero omits floating-point registers. | |
3067 | ||
e76f1f2e AC |
3068 | @item PRINT_VECTOR_INFO() |
3069 | @findex PRINT_VECTOR_INFO | |
3070 | If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function | |
3071 | to print information about the processor's vector unit. | |
3072 | ||
3073 | By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector | |
3074 | registers (the register's type having the vector attribute). | |
3075 | ||
0dcedd82 | 3076 | @item DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM |
56caf160 | 3077 | @findex DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM |
0dcedd82 AC |
3078 | Convert DWARF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined, |
3079 | no conversion will be performed. | |
3080 | ||
3081 | @item DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM | |
56caf160 | 3082 | @findex DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM |
0dcedd82 AC |
3083 | Convert DWARF2 register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not |
3084 | defined, no conversion will be performed. | |
3085 | ||
3086 | @item ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM | |
56caf160 | 3087 | @findex ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM |
0dcedd82 AC |
3088 | Convert ECOFF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined, |
3089 | no conversion will be performed. | |
3090 | ||
c906108c | 3091 | @item END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT |
56caf160 EZ |
3092 | @findex END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT |
3093 | This is an expression that should designate the end of the text section. | |
3094 | @c (? FIXME ?) | |
c906108c | 3095 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3096 | @item EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE(@var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf}) |
3097 | @findex EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE | |
c906108c SS |
3098 | Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from |
3099 | the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format, | |
3100 | into @var{valbuf}. | |
3101 | ||
92ad9cd9 AC |
3102 | This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value} |
3103 | (@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}). | |
3104 | ||
74055713 AC |
3105 | @item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf}) |
3106 | @findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS | |
3107 | @anchor{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS} | |
83aa8bc6 AC |
3108 | When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw |
3109 | register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return | |
3110 | its structure value. | |
ac9a91a7 | 3111 | |
92ad9cd9 | 3112 | @xref{gdbarch_return_value}. |
83aa8bc6 | 3113 | |
74055713 AC |
3114 | @item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P() |
3115 | @findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P | |
3116 | Predicate for @code{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}. | |
c906108c | 3117 | |
0ba6dca9 AC |
3118 | @item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM |
3119 | @findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM | |
cce74817 JM |
3120 | If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this |
3121 | macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register. | |
3122 | ||
0ba6dca9 AC |
3123 | This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP} |
3124 | is not defined. | |
c906108c | 3125 | |
19772a2c AC |
3126 | @item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi}) |
3127 | @findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION | |
392a587b JM |
3128 | Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation |
3129 | represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it. | |
3130 | Otherwise return 0. | |
c906108c | 3131 | |
790eb8f5 AC |
3132 | @item frame_align (@var{address}) |
3133 | @anchor{frame_align} | |
3134 | @findex frame_align | |
3135 | Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment | |
3136 | requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's | |
3137 | alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors | |
f27dd7fd | 3138 | stack alignment requirements (@pxref{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}). |
790eb8f5 AC |
3139 | |
3140 | This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both | |
3141 | the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return | |
3142 | value are correctly aligned. | |
3143 | ||
f27dd7fd AC |
3144 | Unlike @code{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}, this function always adjusts the |
3145 | address in the direction of stack growth. | |
790eb8f5 AC |
3146 | |
3147 | By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed. | |
3148 | ||
8b148df9 AC |
3149 | @item int frame_red_zone_size |
3150 | ||
3151 | The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the | |
3152 | @sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of | |
3153 | allocating extra stack space). | |
3154 | ||
3155 | When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not | |
3156 | modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by | |
3157 | @var{frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the | |
3158 | stack. | |
3159 | ||
3160 | By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned | |
3161 | (@pxref{frame_align}). | |
3162 | ||
3163 | The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the | |
3164 | @emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area. | |
3165 | @cindex red zone | |
3166 | ||
618ce49f AC |
3167 | @item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame}) |
3168 | @findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN | |
c906108c SS |
3169 | Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame. |
3170 | ||
618ce49f AC |
3171 | @item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe}) |
3172 | @findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID | |
95f90d25 DJ |
3173 | Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an |
3174 | outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal | |
3175 | situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL} | |
3176 | chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the | |
3177 | startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside | |
3178 | @code{_start}. | |
c906108c | 3179 | |
f30ee0bc AC |
3180 | @item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame}) |
3181 | @findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS | |
c906108c SS |
3182 | See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the |
3183 | current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for | |
3184 | @code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by | |
f30ee0bc AC |
3185 | @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using |
3186 | @code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}. | |
c906108c | 3187 | |
fb8f8949 | 3188 | @code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated. |
c906108c | 3189 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3190 | @item FRAME_NUM_ARGS (@var{fi}) |
3191 | @findex FRAME_NUM_ARGS | |
392a587b JM |
3192 | For the frame described by @var{fi} return the number of arguments that |
3193 | are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return | |
3194 | @code{-1}. | |
c906108c | 3195 | |
8bedc050 AC |
3196 | @item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame}) |
3197 | @findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC | |
3198 | @anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc | |
3199 | saved there. This is the return address. | |
12cc2063 AC |
3200 | |
3201 | This method is deprecated. @xref{unwind_pc}. | |
3202 | ||
3203 | @item CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame}) | |
3204 | @findex unwind_pc | |
3205 | @anchor{unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in @var{this_frame}'s | |
3206 | caller, at which execution will resume after @var{this_frame} returns. | |
3207 | This is commonly refered to as the return address. | |
3208 | ||
3209 | The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame), | |
3210 | is typically no more than: | |
3211 | ||
3212 | @smallexample | |
3213 | ULONGEST pc; | |
3214 | frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_PC_REGNUM, &pc); | |
3215 | return d10v_make_iaddr (pc); | |
3216 | @end smallexample | |
3217 | ||
3218 | @noindent | |
8bedc050 | 3219 | @xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces. |
c906108c | 3220 | |
a9e5fdc2 AC |
3221 | @item CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame}) |
3222 | @findex unwind_sp | |
3223 | @anchor{unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is | |
3224 | commonly refered to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}. | |
3225 | ||
3226 | The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame), | |
3227 | is typically no more than: | |
3228 | ||
3229 | @smallexample | |
3230 | ULONGEST sp; | |
3231 | frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_SP_REGNUM, &sp); | |
3232 | return d10v_make_daddr (sp); | |
3233 | @end smallexample | |
3234 | ||
3235 | @noindent | |
3236 | @xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces. | |
3237 | ||
c906108c | 3238 | @item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE |
56caf160 | 3239 | @findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE |
c906108c SS |
3240 | For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the |
3241 | function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define | |
3242 | @code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a | |
3243 | function's epilogue. | |
3244 | ||
782263ab AC |
3245 | @item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET |
3246 | @findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET | |
f7cb2b90 JB |
3247 | An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as |
3248 | used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the | |
3249 | function's first genuine instruction. | |
3250 | ||
3251 | This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually | |
782263ab AC |
3252 | the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for |
3253 | example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask | |
3254 | indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The | |
3255 | VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the | |
3256 | appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the | |
3257 | function's address to its first instruction is two bytes, | |
3258 | @code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX. | |
f7cb2b90 | 3259 | |
c906108c | 3260 | @item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL |
56caf160 EZ |
3261 | @itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL |
3262 | @findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL | |
3263 | @findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL | |
3264 | If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will | |
3265 | look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols | |
3266 | are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.}, | |
3267 | respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.) | |
c906108c | 3268 | |
25822942 | 3269 | @item @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH |
56caf160 | 3270 | @findex @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH |
937f164b | 3271 | If defined and non-zero, enables support for multiple architectures |
25822942 | 3272 | within @value{GDBN}. |
0f71a2f6 | 3273 | |
56caf160 | 3274 | This support can be enabled at two levels. At level one, only |
0f71a2f6 | 3275 | definitions for previously undefined macros are provided; at level two, |
937f164b | 3276 | a multi-arch definition of all architecture dependent macros will be |
0f71a2f6 JM |
3277 | defined. |
3278 | ||
25822942 | 3279 | @item @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA |
56caf160 EZ |
3280 | @findex @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA |
3281 | This determines whether horrible kludge code in @file{dbxread.c} and | |
3282 | @file{partial-stab.h} is used to mangle multiple-symbol-table files from | |
3283 | HPPA's. This should all be ripped out, and a scheme like @file{elfread.c} | |
3284 | used instead. | |
c906108c | 3285 | |
c906108c | 3286 | @item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET |
56caf160 | 3287 | @findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET |
c906108c SS |
3288 | For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the |
3289 | DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since | |
937f164b | 3290 | the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it. |
c906108c | 3291 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3292 | This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to, |
3293 | assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a | |
3294 | @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this | |
c906108c SS |
3295 | pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed. |
3296 | ||
ac2adee5 AC |
3297 | @item DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER |
3298 | @findex DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER | |
c906108c | 3299 | Define this if you need to supply your own definition for the function |
ac2adee5 | 3300 | @code{DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER}. |
c906108c | 3301 | |
268e2188 AC |
3302 | @item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET |
3303 | @findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET | |
3304 | Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This | |
c906108c | 3305 | conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by |
56caf160 | 3306 | feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are |
c906108c SS |
3307 | repenting at leisure. |
3308 | ||
9742079a EZ |
3309 | @item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS |
3310 | An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint | |
3311 | support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}. | |
3312 | ||
2df3850c | 3313 | @item SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR |
56caf160 | 3314 | @findex SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR |
2df3850c | 3315 | Some systems have routines whose names start with @samp{$}. Giving this |
25822942 | 3316 | macro a non-zero value tells @value{GDBN}'s expression parser to check for such |
2df3850c JM |
3317 | routines when parsing tokens that begin with @samp{$}. |
3318 | ||
3319 | On HP-UX, certain system routines (millicode) have names beginning with | |
3320 | @samp{$} or @samp{$$}. For example, @code{$$dyncall} is a millicode | |
3321 | routine that handles inter-space procedure calls on PA-RISC. | |
3322 | ||
e9582e71 AC |
3323 | @item DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO (@var{fromleaf}, @var{frame}) |
3324 | @findex DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO | |
c906108c SS |
3325 | If additional information about the frame is required this should be |
3326 | stored in @code{frame->extra_info}. Space for @code{frame->extra_info} | |
372613e3 | 3327 | is allocated using @code{frame_extra_info_zalloc}. |
c906108c | 3328 | |
a5afb99f AC |
3329 | @item DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC (@var{fromleaf}, @var{prev}) |
3330 | @findex DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC | |
c906108c SS |
3331 | This is a C statement that sets the pc of the frame pointed to by |
3332 | @var{prev}. [By default...] | |
3333 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3334 | @item INNER_THAN (@var{lhs}, @var{rhs}) |
3335 | @findex INNER_THAN | |
c906108c SS |
3336 | Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the |
3337 | stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Define this as @code{lhs < rhs} if | |
3338 | the target's stack grows downward in memory, or @code{lhs > rsh} if the | |
3339 | stack grows upward. | |
3340 | ||
9e5abb06 CV |
3341 | @item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}) |
3342 | @findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p | |
3343 | Returns non-zero if the given @var{pc} is in the epilogue of a function. | |
3344 | The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where | |
3345 | the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the | |
3346 | final `return from function call' instruction. | |
3347 | ||
aa2a3f87 AC |
3348 | @item DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START (@var{pc}) |
3349 | @findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START | |
3350 | @itemx DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END (@var{pc}) | |
3351 | @findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END | |
56caf160 | 3352 | Define these to be the start and end address of the @code{sigtramp} for the |
c906108c SS |
3353 | given @var{pc}. On machines where the address is just a compile time |
3354 | constant, the macro expansion will typically just ignore the supplied | |
3355 | @var{pc}. | |
3356 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3357 | @item IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name}) |
3358 | @findex IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE | |
c906108c SS |
3359 | Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the |
3360 | trampoline that connects to a shared library. | |
3361 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3362 | @item IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name}) |
3363 | @findex IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE | |
c906108c SS |
3364 | Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the |
3365 | trampoline that returns from a shared library. | |
3366 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3367 | @item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc}) |
3368 | @findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE | |
d4f3574e SS |
3369 | Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the |
3370 | dynamic linker. | |
3371 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3372 | @item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc}) |
3373 | @findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER | |
d4f3574e SS |
3374 | Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution |
3375 | should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution | |
3376 | function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary | |
3377 | to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single | |
3378 | stepping will suffice. | |
3379 | ||
fc0c74b1 AC |
3380 | @item INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf}) |
3381 | @findex INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS | |
3382 | @cindex converting integers to addresses | |
3383 | Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address | |
3384 | conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to | |
3385 | the current architectures conventions. | |
3386 | ||
3387 | @emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from | |
3388 | their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s | |
3389 | @code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been | |
3390 | computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause | |
3391 | major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In | |
3392 | other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these | |
3393 | conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed | |
3394 | out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers | |
3395 | to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a | |
3396 | disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture | |
3397 | method like @code{INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS} certainly makes it possible for | |
3398 | @value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.} | |
3399 | ||
3400 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always | |
3401 | Addresses}. | |
3402 | ||
c906108c | 3403 | @item NO_HIF_SUPPORT |
56caf160 | 3404 | @findex NO_HIF_SUPPORT |
c906108c SS |
3405 | (Specific to the a29k.) |
3406 | ||
93e79dbd | 3407 | @item POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf}) |
56caf160 | 3408 | @findex POINTER_TO_ADDRESS |
93e79dbd JB |
3409 | Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the |
3410 | appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte | |
3411 | address the pointer refers to. | |
3412 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}. | |
3413 | ||
9fb4dd36 | 3414 | @item REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (@var{reg}) |
56caf160 | 3415 | @findex REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE |
9fb4dd36 | 3416 | Return non-zero if @var{reg} uses different raw and virtual formats. |
13d01224 AC |
3417 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}. |
3418 | ||
3419 | @item REGISTER_TO_VALUE(@var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to}) | |
3420 | @findex REGISTER_TO_VALUE | |
3421 | Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type | |
3422 | @var{type}. | |
4281a42e | 3423 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}. |
9fb4dd36 | 3424 | |
12c266ea AC |
3425 | @item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (@var{reg}) |
3426 | @findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE | |
b2e75d78 AC |
3427 | Return the raw size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the register's |
3428 | virtual type. | |
13d01224 | 3429 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}. |
9fb4dd36 | 3430 | |
617073a9 AC |
3431 | @item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup}) |
3432 | @findex register_reggroup_p | |
3433 | @cindex register groups | |
3434 | Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register | |
3435 | group @var{reggroup}. | |
3436 | ||
3437 | By default, registers are grouped as follows: | |
3438 | ||
3439 | @table @code | |
3440 | @item float_reggroup | |
3441 | Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type. | |
3442 | @item vector_reggroup | |
3443 | Any register with a valid name and a vector type. | |
3444 | @item general_reggroup | |
3445 | Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or | |
3446 | floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}. | |
3447 | @item save_reggroup | |
3448 | @itemx restore_reggroup | |
3449 | @itemx all_reggroup | |
3450 | Any register with a valid name. | |
3451 | @end table | |
3452 | ||
f30992d4 AC |
3453 | @item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg}) |
3454 | @findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE | |
b2e75d78 AC |
3455 | Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the |
3456 | register's virtual type. | |
13d01224 AC |
3457 | Return the virtual size of @var{reg}. |
3458 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}. | |
9fb4dd36 | 3459 | |
2e092625 | 3460 | @item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg}) |
56caf160 | 3461 | @findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE |
9fb4dd36 | 3462 | Return the virtual type of @var{reg}. |
13d01224 | 3463 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}. |
9fb4dd36 | 3464 | |
77e7e267 AC |
3465 | @item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg}) |
3466 | @findex register_type | |
3467 | If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function | |
2e092625 | 3468 | superseeds @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture |
77e7e267 AC |
3469 | Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}. |
3470 | ||
9fb4dd36 | 3471 | @item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to}) |
56caf160 | 3472 | @findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL |
9fb4dd36 | 3473 | Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual |
4281a42e | 3474 | form. |
13d01224 | 3475 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}. |
9fb4dd36 JB |
3476 | |
3477 | @item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to}) | |
56caf160 | 3478 | @findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW |
9fb4dd36 | 3479 | Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw |
4281a42e | 3480 | form. |
13d01224 | 3481 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}. |
9fb4dd36 | 3482 | |
0ab4b752 MK |
3483 | @item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size}) |
3484 | @findex regset_from_core_section | |
3485 | Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name | |
3486 | @var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}. | |
3487 | ||
b0ed3589 | 3488 | @item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P() |
56caf160 | 3489 | @findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P |
c906108c | 3490 | Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step |
56caf160 | 3491 | mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined. |
c906108c | 3492 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3493 | @item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breapoints_p}) |
3494 | @findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP | |
3495 | A function that inserts or removes (depending on | |
c906108c | 3496 | @var{insert_breapoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of |
56caf160 | 3497 | the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c} |
c906108c SS |
3498 | for examples. |
3499 | ||
da59e081 | 3500 | @item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING |
56caf160 | 3501 | @findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING |
da59e081 JM |
3502 | Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the |
3503 | debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating | |
3504 | them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the | |
3505 | address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make | |
3506 | linking faster. | |
3507 | ||
3508 | @code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of | |
3509 | hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} | |
3510 | entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark | |
3511 | the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text | |
3512 | segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions. | |
3513 | ||
3514 | @code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things: | |
da59e081 | 3515 | |
56caf160 | 3516 | @itemize @bullet |
da59e081 JM |
3517 | @item |
3518 | @code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the | |
3519 | addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from | |
56caf160 EZ |
3520 | the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the |
3521 | linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the | |
3522 | name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries | |
da59e081 JM |
3523 | the address. |
3524 | ||
3525 | @item | |
3526 | @code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the | |
3527 | @code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, | |
3528 | and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from | |
3529 | them. | |
da59e081 JM |
3530 | @end itemize |
3531 | ||
c906108c | 3532 | @item PC_LOAD_SEGMENT |
56caf160 | 3533 | @findex PC_LOAD_SEGMENT |
c906108c SS |
3534 | If defined, print information about the load segment for the program |
3535 | counter. (Defined only for the RS/6000.) | |
3536 | ||
3537 | @item PC_REGNUM | |
56caf160 | 3538 | @findex PC_REGNUM |
c906108c | 3539 | If the program counter is kept in a register, then define this macro to |
cce74817 JM |
3540 | be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register. |
3541 | ||
3542 | This should only need to be defined if @code{TARGET_READ_PC} and | |
3543 | @code{TARGET_WRITE_PC} are not defined. | |
c906108c | 3544 | |
2df3850c | 3545 | @item PARM_BOUNDARY |
56caf160 | 3546 | @findex PARM_BOUNDARY |
2df3850c JM |
3547 | If non-zero, round arguments to a boundary of this many bits before |
3548 | pushing them on the stack. | |
3549 | ||
a38c9fe6 MK |
3550 | @item stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}) |
3551 | @findex stabs_argument_has_addr | |
3552 | @findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR | |
3553 | @anchor{stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this to return nonzero if a | |
3554 | function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference instead of | |
3555 | value. | |
3556 | ||
ee206350 AG |
3557 | This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR} |
3558 | (@pxref{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}). | |
a38c9fe6 | 3559 | |
c906108c | 3560 | @item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK |
56caf160 | 3561 | @findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK |
c906108c SS |
3562 | A hook defined for XCOFF reading. |
3563 | ||
3564 | @item PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP | |
56caf160 | 3565 | @findex PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP |
c906108c SS |
3566 | (Only used in unsupported Convex configuration.) |
3567 | ||
3568 | @item PS_REGNUM | |
56caf160 | 3569 | @findex PS_REGNUM |
c906108c SS |
3570 | If defined, this is the number of the processor status register. (This |
3571 | definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".) | |
3572 | ||
749b82f6 AC |
3573 | @item DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME |
3574 | @findex DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME | |
3575 | @findex frame_pop | |
3576 | If defined, used by @code{frame_pop} to remove a stack frame. This | |
3577 | method has been superseeded by generic code. | |
c906108c | 3578 | |
d4b6d575 | 3579 | @item push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{pc_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr}) |
b81774d8 AC |
3580 | @findex push_dummy_call |
3581 | @findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS. | |
39fe6e80 AC |
3582 | @anchor{push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to |
3583 | the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing | |
3584 | @var{nargs}, the code should push @var{struct_addr} (when | |
3585 | @var{struct_return}), and the return address (@var{bp_addr}). | |
c906108c | 3586 | |
86fe4aaa | 3587 | @var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use |
d4b6d575 RC |
3588 | function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value. |
3589 | ||
b24da7d0 | 3590 | Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer. |
b81774d8 AC |
3591 | |
3592 | This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}. | |
3593 | ||
7043d8dc AC |
3594 | @item CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}) |
3595 | @findex push_dummy_code | |
7043d8dc AC |
3596 | @anchor{push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the |
3597 | instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the | |
3598 | called function should return. | |
3599 | ||
3600 | Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction | |
3601 | should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting | |
3602 | the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address. | |
3603 | ||
3604 | By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned | |
3605 | (@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address | |
3606 | reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}. | |
3607 | ||
434b87dd | 3608 | This method replaces @code{CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION}, |
28954179 | 3609 | @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}. |
7043d8dc | 3610 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3611 | @item REGISTER_NAME(@var{i}) |
3612 | @findex REGISTER_NAME | |
3613 | Return the name of register @var{i} as a string. May return @code{NULL} | |
3614 | or @code{NUL} to indicate that register @var{i} is not valid. | |
c906108c | 3615 | |
8e823e25 MK |
3616 | @item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type}) |
3617 | @findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR | |
a38c9fe6 MK |
3618 | @anchor{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}Define this to return 1 if the |
3619 | given type will be passed by pointer rather than directly. | |
3620 | ||
3621 | This method has been replaced by @code{stabs_argument_has_addr} | |
3622 | (@pxref{stabs_argument_has_addr}). | |
c906108c | 3623 | |
b24da7d0 AC |
3624 | @item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp}) |
3625 | @findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS | |
3626 | @anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to | |
3627 | notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be | |
3628 | passed to the the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP} | |
3629 | after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been | |
3630 | allocated on the stack. @xref{unwind_dummy_id}. | |
43ff13b4 | 3631 | |
c906108c | 3632 | @item SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM |
56caf160 | 3633 | @findex SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM |
25822942 | 3634 | Define this to convert sdb register numbers into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not |
c906108c SS |
3635 | defined, no conversion will be done. |
3636 | ||
963e2bb7 | 3637 | @item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf}) |
92ad9cd9 AC |
3638 | @findex gdbarch_return_value |
3639 | @anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of | |
3640 | type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function | |
3641 | would use. | |
3642 | ||
3643 | @value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions: | |
3644 | @code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found | |
3645 | in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return | |
3646 | value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is | |
3647 | passed in as the function's first parameter. | |
3648 | ||
963e2bb7 AC |
3649 | If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is |
3650 | non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into | |
92ad9cd9 AC |
3651 | @var{regcache}. |
3652 | ||
963e2bb7 | 3653 | If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is |
92ad9cd9 | 3654 | non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into |
963e2bb7 | 3655 | @var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the |
92ad9cd9 AC |
3656 | just returned function). |
3657 | ||
74055713 | 3658 | @xref{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}, for a description of how |
92ad9cd9 AC |
3659 | return-values that use the struct convention are handled. |
3660 | ||
3661 | @emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract, | |
3662 | store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine | |
3663 | the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If | |
3664 | @value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would | |
3665 | instead return an object that knew how to perform the register | |
3666 | return-value extract and store.} | |
3667 | ||
3668 | @emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p} | |
3669 | parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture | |
3670 | that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified, | |
3671 | then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value} | |
3672 | @var{function} should be persued.} | |
3673 | ||
3674 | @emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods | |
3675 | to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a | |
3676 | @code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that | |
3677 | limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.} | |
3678 | ||
c2c6d25f | 3679 | @item SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT |
56caf160 | 3680 | @findex SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT |
25822942 | 3681 | Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally |
c2c6d25f JM |
3682 | steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and |
3683 | re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are | |
3684 | hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy | |
56caf160 | 3685 | doesn't work. Calling @code{SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT} adjusts the processor's |
c2c6d25f JM |
3686 | state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This |
3687 | macro does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot | |
3688 | of a branch or jump. | |
3689 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3690 | @item SKIP_PROLOGUE (@var{pc}) |
3691 | @findex SKIP_PROLOGUE | |
b83266a0 SS |
3692 | A C expression that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the |
3693 | function entry prologue found at @var{pc}. | |
c906108c | 3694 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3695 | @item SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE (@var{pc}) |
3696 | @findex SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE | |
c906108c SS |
3697 | If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and |
3698 | the functions being called, then define this macro to return a new PC | |
3699 | that is at the start of the real function. | |
3700 | ||
3701 | @item SP_REGNUM | |
56caf160 | 3702 | @findex SP_REGNUM |
cce74817 | 3703 | If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then define this macro to be |
6c0e89ed AC |
3704 | the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if |
3705 | there is no such register. | |
c906108c SS |
3706 | |
3707 | @item STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM | |
56caf160 | 3708 | @findex STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM |
c906108c | 3709 | Define this to convert stab register numbers (as gotten from `r' |
25822942 | 3710 | declarations) into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not defined, no conversion will be |
c906108c SS |
3711 | done. |
3712 | ||
f27dd7fd AC |
3713 | @item DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN (@var{addr}) |
3714 | @anchor{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN} | |
3715 | @findex DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN | |
790eb8f5 AC |
3716 | Define this to increase @var{addr} so that it meets the alignment |
3717 | requirements for the processor's stack. | |
3718 | ||
3719 | Unlike @ref{frame_align}, this function always adjusts @var{addr} | |
3720 | upwards. | |
3721 | ||
3722 | By default, no stack alignment is performed. | |
c906108c | 3723 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3724 | @item STEP_SKIPS_DELAY (@var{addr}) |
3725 | @findex STEP_SKIPS_DELAY | |
c906108c SS |
3726 | Define this to return true if the address is of an instruction with a |
3727 | delay slot. If a breakpoint has been placed in the instruction's delay | |
25822942 | 3728 | slot, @value{GDBN} will single-step over that instruction before resuming |
c906108c SS |
3729 | normally. Currently only defined for the Mips. |
3730 | ||
ebba8386 | 3731 | @item STORE_RETURN_VALUE (@var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf}) |
56caf160 | 3732 | @findex STORE_RETURN_VALUE |
ebba8386 AC |
3733 | A C expression that writes the function return value, found in |
3734 | @var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the | |
3735 | value that is to be returned. | |
c906108c | 3736 | |
92ad9cd9 AC |
3737 | This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value} |
3738 | (@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}). | |
3739 | ||
c906108c | 3740 | @item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT |
56caf160 EZ |
3741 | @findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT |
3742 | The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in | |
c906108c SS |
3743 | current sources.) |
3744 | ||
c906108c | 3745 | @item TARGET_CHAR_BIT |
56caf160 | 3746 | @findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3747 | Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8. |
3748 | ||
c3d3ce5b JB |
3749 | @item TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED |
3750 | @findex TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED | |
3751 | Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if | |
3752 | it should be unsigned. | |
3753 | ||
3754 | The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as | |
3755 | equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any | |
3756 | character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive. | |
3757 | Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned | |
3758 | on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets. | |
3759 | ||
c906108c | 3760 | @item TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT |
56caf160 | 3761 | @findex TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3762 | Number of bits in a complex number; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_FLOAT_BIT}. |
3763 | ||
ac9a91a7 JM |
3764 | At present this macro is not used. |
3765 | ||
c906108c | 3766 | @item TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT |
56caf160 | 3767 | @findex TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3768 | Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}. |
3769 | ||
3770 | @item TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT | |
56caf160 | 3771 | @findex TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3772 | Number of bits in a double complex; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}. |
3773 | ||
ac9a91a7 JM |
3774 | At present this macro is not used. |
3775 | ||
c906108c | 3776 | @item TARGET_FLOAT_BIT |
56caf160 | 3777 | @findex TARGET_FLOAT_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3778 | Number of bits in a float; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}. |
3779 | ||
3780 | @item TARGET_INT_BIT | |
56caf160 | 3781 | @findex TARGET_INT_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3782 | Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}. |
3783 | ||
3784 | @item TARGET_LONG_BIT | |
56caf160 | 3785 | @findex TARGET_LONG_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3786 | Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}. |
3787 | ||
3788 | @item TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT | |
56caf160 | 3789 | @findex TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3790 | Number of bits in a long double float; |
3791 | defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}. | |
3792 | ||
3793 | @item TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT | |
56caf160 | 3794 | @findex TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3795 | Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_LONG_BIT}. |
3796 | ||
3797 | @item TARGET_PTR_BIT | |
56caf160 | 3798 | @findex TARGET_PTR_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3799 | Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to @code{TARGET_INT_BIT}. |
3800 | ||
3801 | @item TARGET_SHORT_BIT | |
56caf160 | 3802 | @findex TARGET_SHORT_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3803 | Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}. |
3804 | ||
3805 | @item TARGET_READ_PC | |
56caf160 EZ |
3806 | @findex TARGET_READ_PC |
3807 | @itemx TARGET_WRITE_PC (@var{val}, @var{pid}) | |
3808 | @findex TARGET_WRITE_PC | |
0717ae8a | 3809 | @anchor{TARGET_WRITE_PC} |
56caf160 EZ |
3810 | @itemx TARGET_READ_SP |
3811 | @findex TARGET_READ_SP | |
56caf160 EZ |
3812 | @itemx TARGET_READ_FP |
3813 | @findex TARGET_READ_FP | |
56caf160 EZ |
3814 | @findex read_pc |
3815 | @findex write_pc | |
3816 | @findex read_sp | |
56caf160 | 3817 | @findex read_fp |
a9e5fdc2 | 3818 | @anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{read_pc}, |
8d2c00cb | 3819 | @code{write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be |
9c8dbfa9 AC |
3820 | left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register |
3821 | functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument. | |
c906108c SS |
3822 | |
3823 | These macros are useful when a target keeps one of these registers in a | |
3824 | hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register and part | |
3825 | in an ordinary register. | |
3826 | ||
a9e5fdc2 AC |
3827 | @xref{unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}. |
3828 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3829 | @item TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER(@var{pc}, @var{regp}, @var{offsetp}) |
3830 | @findex TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER | |
0ba6dca9 AC |
3831 | Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame |
3832 | pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers | |
3833 | are not used, a default definition simply returns | |
3834 | @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero. | |
c906108c | 3835 | |
9742079a EZ |
3836 | @item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS |
3837 | If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted | |
3838 | watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and | |
3839 | other related macros. | |
3840 | ||
7ccaa899 EZ |
3841 | @item TARGET_PRINT_INSN (@var{addr}, @var{info}) |
3842 | @findex TARGET_PRINT_INSN | |
3843 | This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly | |
3844 | instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{addr} in | |
3845 | debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If | |
3846 | a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an | |
d7a27068 AC |
3847 | accessor function for the global pointer |
3848 | @code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in | |
3849 | the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}). | |
3850 | @var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in | |
3851 | @file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction | |
3852 | decoding routine. | |
7ccaa899 | 3853 | |
6314f104 AC |
3854 | @item struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct frame_info *@var{frame}) |
3855 | @findex unwind_dummy_id | |
3856 | @anchor{unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @code{struct | |
3857 | frame_id} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy | |
b24da7d0 AC |
3858 | frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value |
3859 | previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}. | |
3860 | @xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}. | |
6314f104 | 3861 | |
b5622e8d AC |
3862 | @item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type}) |
3863 | @findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION | |
c906108c SS |
3864 | If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the |
3865 | given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space | |
3866 | allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function | |
3867 | being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful | |
3868 | for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than | |
3869 | other compilers. | |
3870 | ||
92ad9cd9 AC |
3871 | This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value} |
3872 | (@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}). | |
3873 | ||
13d01224 AC |
3874 | @item VALUE_TO_REGISTER(@var{type}, @var{regnum}, @var{from}, @var{to}) |
3875 | @findex VALUE_TO_REGISTER | |
3876 | Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of register | |
3877 | @var{regnum}'s. | |
3878 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}. | |
3879 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3880 | @item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p}) |
3881 | @findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK | |
c906108c SS |
3882 | For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable |
3883 | declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be | |
3884 | nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the | |
25822942 | 3885 | @code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the |
c906108c SS |
3886 | presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the |
3887 | @code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0. | |
3888 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3889 | @item OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p}) |
3890 | @findex OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK | |
c906108c | 3891 | Similarly, for OS/9000. Defaults to 1. |
c906108c SS |
3892 | @end table |
3893 | ||
3894 | Motorola M68K target conditionals. | |
3895 | ||
56caf160 | 3896 | @ftable @code |
c906108c SS |
3897 | @item BPT_VECTOR |
3898 | Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If | |
3899 | not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}. | |
3900 | ||
3901 | @item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR | |
3902 | Defaults to @code{1}. | |
a23a7bf1 JB |
3903 | |
3904 | @item NAME_OF_MALLOC | |
3905 | @findex NAME_OF_MALLOC | |
3906 | A string containing the name of the function to call in order to | |
3907 | allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc". | |
3908 | ||
56caf160 | 3909 | @end ftable |
c906108c SS |
3910 | |
3911 | @section Adding a New Target | |
3912 | ||
56caf160 | 3913 | @cindex adding a target |
af6c57ea | 3914 | The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}: |
c906108c SS |
3915 | |
3916 | @table @file | |
56caf160 | 3917 | @vindex TDEPFILES |
c906108c SS |
3918 | @item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt |
3919 | Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what | |
3920 | object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining | |
104c1213 JM |
3921 | @samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies |
3922 | the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE= | |
3923 | tm-@var{ttt}.h}. | |
3924 | ||
3925 | You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS}, | |
3926 | but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in | |
25822942 | 3927 | future versions of @value{GDBN}. |
c906108c | 3928 | |
c906108c SS |
3929 | @item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c |
3930 | Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On | |
3931 | some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in | |
3932 | @file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented | |
3933 | as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the | |
3934 | function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand | |
3935 | and debug. | |
3936 | ||
af6c57ea AC |
3937 | @item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c |
3938 | @itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h | |
3939 | This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's | |
3940 | processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by | |
3941 | @file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use | |
3942 | the same processor. | |
3943 | ||
3944 | @item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h | |
3945 | (@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains | |
3946 | macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame | |
3947 | format and instructions. | |
3948 | ||
3949 | New targets do not need this file and should not create it. | |
3950 | ||
c906108c SS |
3951 | @item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h |
3952 | This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's | |
56caf160 | 3953 | processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by |
c906108c SS |
3954 | @file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the |
3955 | same processor. | |
3956 | ||
af6c57ea AC |
3957 | New targets do not need this file and should not create it. |
3958 | ||
c906108c SS |
3959 | @end table |
3960 | ||
3961 | If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a | |
3962 | @file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system | |
3963 | facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint | |
56caf160 | 3964 | instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h} |
c906108c SS |
3965 | that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and |
3966 | @file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}. | |
3967 | ||
3968 | ||
3352e23e AC |
3969 | @section Converting an existing Target Architecture to Multi-arch |
3970 | @cindex converting targets to multi-arch | |
3971 | ||
3972 | This section describes the current accepted best practice for converting | |
3973 | an existing target architecture to the multi-arch framework. | |
3974 | ||
3975 | The process consists of generating, testing, posting and committing a | |
3976 | sequence of patches. Each patch must contain a single change, for | |
3977 | instance: | |
3978 | ||
3979 | @itemize @bullet | |
3980 | ||
3981 | @item | |
3982 | Directly convert a group of functions into macros (the conversion does | |
3983 | not change the behavior of any of the functions). | |
3984 | ||
3985 | @item | |
3986 | Replace a non-multi-arch with a multi-arch mechanism (e.g., | |
3987 | @code{FRAME_INFO}). | |
3988 | ||
3989 | @item | |
3990 | Enable multi-arch level one. | |
3991 | ||
3992 | @item | |
3993 | Delete one or more files. | |
3994 | ||
3995 | @end itemize | |
3996 | ||
3997 | @noindent | |
3998 | There isn't a size limit on a patch, however, a developer is strongly | |
3999 | encouraged to keep the patch size down. | |
4000 | ||
4001 | Since each patch is well defined, and since each change has been tested | |
4002 | and shows no regressions, the patches are considered @emph{fairly} | |
4003 | obvious. Such patches, when submitted by developers listed in the | |
4004 | @file{MAINTAINERS} file, do not need approval. Occasional steps in the | |
4005 | process may be more complicated and less clear. The developer is | |
4006 | expected to use their judgment and is encouraged to seek advice as | |
4007 | needed. | |
4008 | ||
4009 | @subsection Preparation | |
4010 | ||
4011 | The first step is to establish control. Build (with @option{-Werror} | |
4012 | enabled) and test the target so that there is a baseline against which | |
4013 | the debugger can be compared. | |
4014 | ||
4015 | At no stage can the test results regress or @value{GDBN} stop compiling | |
4016 | with @option{-Werror}. | |
4017 | ||
4018 | @subsection Add the multi-arch initialization code | |
4019 | ||
4020 | The objective of this step is to establish the basic multi-arch | |
4021 | framework. It involves | |
4022 | ||
4023 | @itemize @bullet | |
4024 | ||
4025 | @item | |
4026 | The addition of a @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} function@footnote{The | |
4027 | above is from the original example and uses K&R C. @value{GDBN} | |
4028 | has since converted to ISO C but lets ignore that.} that creates | |
4029 | the architecture: | |
4030 | @smallexample | |
4031 | static struct gdbarch * | |
4032 | d10v_gdbarch_init (info, arches) | |
4033 | struct gdbarch_info info; | |
4034 | struct gdbarch_list *arches; | |
4035 | @{ | |
4036 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch; | |
4037 | /* there is only one d10v architecture */ | |
4038 | if (arches != NULL) | |
4039 | return arches->gdbarch; | |
4040 | gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, NULL); | |
4041 | return gdbarch; | |
4042 | @} | |
4043 | @end smallexample | |
4044 | @noindent | |
4045 | @emph{} | |
4046 | ||
4047 | @item | |
4048 | A per-architecture dump function to print any architecture specific | |
4049 | information: | |
4050 | @smallexample | |
4051 | static void | |
4052 | mips_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *current_gdbarch, | |
4053 | struct ui_file *file) | |
4054 | @{ | |
4055 | @dots{} code to print architecture specific info @dots{} | |
4056 | @} | |
4057 | @end smallexample | |
4058 | ||
4059 | @item | |
4060 | A change to @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} to register this new | |
4061 | architecture: | |
4062 | @smallexample | |
4063 | void | |
4064 | _initialize_mips_tdep (void) | |
4065 | @{ | |
4066 | gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mips, mips_gdbarch_init, | |
4067 | mips_dump_tdep); | |
4068 | @end smallexample | |
4069 | ||
4070 | @item | |
4071 | Add the macro @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH}, defined as 0 (zero), to the file@* | |
4072 | @file{config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}. | |
4073 | ||
4074 | @end itemize | |
4075 | ||
4076 | @subsection Update multi-arch incompatible mechanisms | |
4077 | ||
4078 | Some mechanisms do not work with multi-arch. They include: | |
4079 | ||
4080 | @table @code | |
3352e23e | 4081 | @item FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS |
f30ee0bc | 4082 | Replaced with @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} |
3352e23e AC |
4083 | @end table |
4084 | ||
4085 | @noindent | |
4086 | At this stage you could also consider converting the macros into | |
4087 | functions. | |
4088 | ||
4089 | @subsection Prepare for multi-arch level to one | |
4090 | ||
4091 | Temporally set @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL} | |
4092 | and then build and start @value{GDBN} (the change should not be | |
4093 | committed). @value{GDBN} may not build, and once built, it may die with | |
4094 | an internal error listing the architecture methods that must be | |
4095 | provided. | |
4096 | ||
4097 | Fix any build problems (patch(es)). | |
4098 | ||
4099 | Convert all the architecture methods listed, which are only macros, into | |
4100 | functions (patch(es)). | |
4101 | ||
4102 | Update @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} to set all the missing | |
4103 | architecture methods and wrap the corresponding macros in @code{#if | |
4104 | !GDB_MULTI_ARCH} (patch(es)). | |
4105 | ||
4106 | @subsection Set multi-arch level one | |
4107 | ||
4108 | Change the value of @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL (a | |
4109 | single patch). | |
4110 | ||
4111 | Any problems with throwing ``the switch'' should have been fixed | |
4112 | already. | |
4113 | ||
4114 | @subsection Convert remaining macros | |
4115 | ||
4116 | Suggest converting macros into functions (and setting the corresponding | |
4117 | architecture method) in small batches. | |
4118 | ||
4119 | @subsection Set multi-arch level to two | |
4120 | ||
4121 | This should go smoothly. | |
4122 | ||
4123 | @subsection Delete the TM file | |
4124 | ||
4125 | The @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} can be deleted. @file{@var{arch}.mt} and | |
4126 | @file{configure.in} updated. | |
4127 | ||
4128 | ||
c906108c SS |
4129 | @node Target Vector Definition |
4130 | ||
4131 | @chapter Target Vector Definition | |
56caf160 | 4132 | @cindex target vector |
c906108c | 4133 | |
56caf160 EZ |
4134 | The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s |
4135 | abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that | |
4136 | actually exercises control over a process or a serial port. | |
4137 | @value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however, | |
4138 | each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them. | |
c906108c SS |
4139 | |
4140 | @section File Targets | |
4141 | ||
4142 | Both executables and core files have target vectors. | |
4143 | ||
4144 | @section Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs | |
4145 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
4146 | @value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code |
4147 | that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample | |
4148 | @dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating | |
4149 | systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}. | |
c906108c | 4150 | |
56caf160 EZ |
4151 | The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into |
4152 | your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the | |
4153 | SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple | |
4154 | program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub. | |
c906108c SS |
4155 | |
4156 | The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to | |
56caf160 | 4157 | @code{trap_low}: |
c906108c SS |
4158 | |
4159 | @enumerate | |
56caf160 EZ |
4160 | @item |
4161 | %l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap; | |
c906108c | 4162 | |
56caf160 EZ |
4163 | @item |
4164 | traps are disabled; | |
c906108c | 4165 | |
56caf160 EZ |
4166 | @item |
4167 | you are in the correct trap window. | |
c906108c SS |
4168 | @end enumerate |
4169 | ||
4170 | As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there | |
56caf160 | 4171 | is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub. |
c906108c SS |
4172 | The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the |
4173 | hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()}, | |
4174 | which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could | |
56caf160 | 4175 | set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub |
c906108c SS |
4176 | first, and then transfers to its own trap handler. |
4177 | ||
4178 | For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with | |
56caf160 | 4179 | ``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel, |
c906108c SS |
4180 | and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all |
4181 | controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important | |
4182 | trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or | |
4183 | do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation | |
4184 | of the debugger/stub. | |
4185 | ||
4186 | From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work. | |
25822942 | 4187 | They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}. |
c906108c SS |
4188 | |
4189 | @section ROM Monitor Interface | |
4190 | ||
4191 | @section Custom Protocols | |
4192 | ||
4193 | @section Transport Layer | |
4194 | ||
4195 | @section Builtin Simulator | |
4196 | ||
4197 | ||
4198 | @node Native Debugging | |
4199 | ||
4200 | @chapter Native Debugging | |
56caf160 | 4201 | @cindex native debugging |
c906108c | 4202 | |
25822942 | 4203 | Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support: |
c906108c SS |
4204 | |
4205 | @table @file | |
56caf160 | 4206 | @vindex NATDEPFILES |
c906108c | 4207 | @item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh |
7fd60527 | 4208 | Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on |
c906108c SS |
4209 | machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required |
4210 | native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}. | |
4211 | Also specifies the header file which describes native support on | |
4212 | @var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also | |
4213 | define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS}, | |
4214 | @samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}. | |
4215 | ||
7fd60527 AC |
4216 | @emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file |
4217 | originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN} | |
4218 | on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this | |
937f164b | 4219 | purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will |
7fd60527 AC |
4220 | eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn} |
4221 | suffix.} | |
4222 | ||
c906108c | 4223 | @item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h |
56caf160 | 4224 | (@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C |
c906108c SS |
4225 | macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as |
4226 | child process control and core file support. | |
4227 | ||
4228 | @item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c | |
4229 | Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of | |
4230 | this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all. | |
c906108c SS |
4231 | @end table |
4232 | ||
4233 | There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by | |
4234 | various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros | |
4235 | defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for | |
4236 | the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with | |
4237 | @samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}. | |
4238 | ||
4239 | Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need | |
4240 | to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file. | |
56caf160 | 4241 | Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o} |
c906108c SS |
4242 | into @code{NATDEPFILES}. |
4243 | ||
4244 | @table @file | |
c906108c SS |
4245 | @item inftarg.c |
4246 | This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child | |
4247 | processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child. | |
4248 | ||
4249 | @item procfs.c | |
4250 | This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child | |
4251 | processes on systems which use /proc to control the child. | |
4252 | ||
4253 | @item fork-child.c | |
56caf160 EZ |
4254 | This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork |
4255 | and exec'' to start up a child process. | |
c906108c SS |
4256 | |
4257 | @item infptrace.c | |
4258 | This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using | |
4259 | the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way. | |
c906108c SS |
4260 | @end table |
4261 | ||
4262 | @section Native core file Support | |
56caf160 | 4263 | @cindex native core files |
c906108c SS |
4264 | |
4265 | @table @file | |
56caf160 | 4266 | @findex fetch_core_registers |
c906108c SS |
4267 | @item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers() |
4268 | Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls | |
4269 | @code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core | |
4270 | files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should | |
4271 | just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or | |
4272 | @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}). | |
4273 | ||
4274 | @item core-aout.c::register_addr() | |
4275 | If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro | |
4276 | @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to | |
25822942 | 4277 | set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN} |
c906108c SS |
4278 | register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the |
4279 | ``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined, | |
4280 | @file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and | |
4281 | use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but | |
4282 | you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need | |
4283 | to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your | |
4284 | @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in | |
4285 | the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own | |
4286 | @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate | |
4287 | @code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()} | |
4288 | implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill | |
c906108c SS |
4289 | @end table |
4290 | ||
25822942 | 4291 | When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it |
c906108c SS |
4292 | possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific |
4293 | code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize | |
4294 | @file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your | |
4295 | machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible | |
4296 | (possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than | |
4297 | @file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header | |
56caf160 EZ |
4298 | exists on a core file (e.g. the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then |
4299 | modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the | |
c906108c SS |
4300 | section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other |
4301 | segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control | |
4302 | information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous | |
4303 | sets of registers (e.g. integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This | |
4304 | section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a | |
4305 | standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek | |
4306 | around in. | |
4307 | ||
25822942 | 4308 | Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called |
56caf160 | 4309 | @code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in |
c906108c SS |
4310 | @file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file. |
4311 | It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment, | |
4312 | its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2'' | |
4313 | segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied | |
25822942 | 4314 | register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array. |
c906108c SS |
4315 | |
4316 | If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF | |
4317 | format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for | |
4318 | reading the registers out of processes and out of core files. | |
4319 | ||
4320 | @section ptrace | |
4321 | ||
4322 | @section /proc | |
4323 | ||
4324 | @section win32 | |
4325 | ||
4326 | @section shared libraries | |
4327 | ||
4328 | @section Native Conditionals | |
56caf160 | 4329 | @cindex native conditionals |
c906108c | 4330 | |
56caf160 EZ |
4331 | When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are |
4332 | defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and | |
4333 | target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left | |
4334 | undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}. | |
c906108c | 4335 | |
1f6d4158 AC |
4336 | @table @code |
4337 | ||
c906108c | 4338 | @item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE |
56caf160 | 4339 | @findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE |
c906108c SS |
4340 | If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then |
4341 | define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails | |
4342 | a read from the child. | |
4343 | ||
4344 | [Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files | |
4345 | currently.] | |
4346 | ||
4347 | @item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS | |
56caf160 | 4348 | @findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS |
c906108c SS |
4349 | Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines |
4350 | @code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in | |
56caf160 | 4351 | @file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and |
c906108c SS |
4352 | @file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default |
4353 | routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions. | |
4354 | ||
c906108c | 4355 | @item FP0_REGNUM |
56caf160 | 4356 | @findex FP0_REGNUM |
c906108c SS |
4357 | This macro is normally defined to be the number of the first floating |
4358 | point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would | |
56caf160 | 4359 | appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this |
c906108c SS |
4360 | to decide whether floats are in use on this target. |
4361 | ||
4362 | @item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET | |
56caf160 | 4363 | @findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET |
c906108c SS |
4364 | For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the |
4365 | DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since | |
56caf160 | 4366 | @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it. |
c906108c | 4367 | |
56caf160 | 4368 | This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to, |
c906108c | 4369 | assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a |
56caf160 | 4370 | @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this |
c906108c SS |
4371 | pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed. |
4372 | ||
9742079a EZ |
4373 | @item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS |
4374 | An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint | |
4375 | support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}. | |
4376 | ||
c906108c | 4377 | @item KERNEL_U_ADDR |
56caf160 | 4378 | @findex KERNEL_U_ADDR |
c906108c | 4379 | Define this to the address of the @code{u} structure (the ``user |
25822942 | 4380 | struct'', also known as the ``u-page'') in kernel virtual memory. @value{GDBN} |
c906108c SS |
4381 | needs to know this so that it can subtract this address from absolute |
4382 | addresses in the upage, that are obtained via ptrace or from core files. | |
4383 | On systems that don't need this value, set it to zero. | |
4384 | ||
c906108c | 4385 | @item KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX |
56caf160 | 4386 | @findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX |
25822942 | 4387 | Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at |
c906108c SS |
4388 | runtime, by using HP-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in the |
4389 | root directory. | |
4390 | ||
4391 | @item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT | |
56caf160 | 4392 | @findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT |
c906108c SS |
4393 | Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the |
4394 | user that another process may be running with the same executable. | |
4395 | ||
4396 | @item PROC_NAME_FMT | |
56caf160 | 4397 | @findex PROC_NAME_FMT |
c906108c SS |
4398 | Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be |
4399 | defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default | |
4400 | definition in @file{procfs.c}. | |
4401 | ||
c906108c | 4402 | @item PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE |
56caf160 | 4403 | @findex PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE |
c906108c SS |
4404 | The type of the third argument to the @code{ptrace} system call, if it |
4405 | exists and is different from @code{int}. | |
4406 | ||
4407 | @item REGISTER_U_ADDR | |
56caf160 | 4408 | @findex REGISTER_U_ADDR |
c906108c SS |
4409 | Defines the offset of the registers in the ``u area''. |
4410 | ||
4411 | @item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT | |
56caf160 | 4412 | @findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT |
c906108c SS |
4413 | If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the |
4414 | inferior. | |
4415 | ||
4416 | @item SHELL_FILE | |
56caf160 | 4417 | @findex SHELL_FILE |
c906108c SS |
4418 | If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior. |
4419 | Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}. | |
4420 | ||
990f9fe3 | 4421 | @item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms}) |
56caf160 | 4422 | @findex SOLIB_ADD |
c906108c | 4423 | Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in |
990f9fe3 FF |
4424 | @var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If |
4425 | @var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level | |
4426 | processing for @var{filename} is still done. | |
c906108c SS |
4427 | |
4428 | @item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK | |
56caf160 | 4429 | @findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK |
c906108c SS |
4430 | Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you |
4431 | want to be run just after the child process has been forked. | |
4432 | ||
4433 | @item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED | |
56caf160 EZ |
4434 | @findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED |
4435 | When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap | |
4436 | twice; once when | |
c906108c SS |
4437 | the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual |
4438 | number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to | |
4439 | expand into the number expected. | |
4440 | ||
c906108c | 4441 | @item USE_PROC_FS |
56caf160 | 4442 | @findex USE_PROC_FS |
c906108c | 4443 | This determines whether small routines in @file{*-tdep.c}, which |
56caf160 EZ |
4444 | translate register values between @value{GDBN}'s internal |
4445 | representation and the @file{/proc} representation, are compiled. | |
c906108c SS |
4446 | |
4447 | @item U_REGS_OFFSET | |
56caf160 | 4448 | @findex U_REGS_OFFSET |
c906108c SS |
4449 | This is the offset of the registers in the upage. It need only be |
4450 | defined if the generic ptrace register access routines in | |
4451 | @file{infptrace.c} are being used (that is, @file{infptrace.c} is | |
4452 | configured in, and @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined). If | |
4453 | the default value from @file{infptrace.c} is good enough, leave it | |
4454 | undefined. | |
4455 | ||
4456 | The default value means that u.u_ar0 @emph{points to} the location of | |
4457 | the registers. I'm guessing that @code{#define U_REGS_OFFSET 0} means | |
56caf160 | 4458 | that @code{u.u_ar0} @emph{is} the location of the registers. |
c906108c SS |
4459 | |
4460 | @item CLEAR_SOLIB | |
56caf160 EZ |
4461 | @findex CLEAR_SOLIB |
4462 | See @file{objfiles.c}. | |
c906108c SS |
4463 | |
4464 | @item DEBUG_PTRACE | |
56caf160 EZ |
4465 | @findex DEBUG_PTRACE |
4466 | Define this to debug @code{ptrace} calls. | |
c906108c SS |
4467 | @end table |
4468 | ||
4469 | ||
4470 | @node Support Libraries | |
4471 | ||
4472 | @chapter Support Libraries | |
4473 | ||
4474 | @section BFD | |
56caf160 | 4475 | @cindex BFD library |
c906108c | 4476 | |
25822942 | 4477 | BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways: |
c906108c SS |
4478 | |
4479 | @table @emph | |
c906108c SS |
4480 | @item identifying executable and core files |
4481 | BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and | |
4482 | several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files. | |
4483 | ||
4484 | @item access to sections of files | |
4485 | BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses, | |
4486 | sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files | |
56caf160 EZ |
4487 | (such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply |
4488 | calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for | |
4489 | length @var{z}. | |
c906108c SS |
4490 | |
4491 | @item specialized core file support | |
4492 | BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a | |
4493 | core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core | |
56caf160 | 4494 | file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable |
c906108c SS |
4495 | file. |
4496 | ||
4497 | @item locating the symbol information | |
25822942 DB |
4498 | @value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the |
4499 | symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself | |
c906108c | 4500 | handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug |
25822942 | 4501 | symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols, |
c906108c | 4502 | string table, etc. |
c906108c SS |
4503 | @end table |
4504 | ||
4505 | @section opcodes | |
56caf160 | 4506 | @cindex opcodes library |
c906108c | 4507 | |
25822942 | 4508 | The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate |
c906108c SS |
4509 | library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}). |
4510 | ||
4511 | @section readline | |
4512 | ||
4513 | @section mmalloc | |
4514 | ||
4515 | @section libiberty | |
1eb288ea EZ |
4516 | @cindex @code{libiberty} library |
4517 | ||
4518 | The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features | |
4519 | that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating | |
4520 | systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three | |
4521 | groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some | |
4522 | environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing | |
4523 | a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard | |
4524 | functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality | |
4525 | beyond standard functions). | |
4526 | ||
4527 | @value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty} | |
4528 | library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE} | |
4529 | floating format support functions, the input options parser | |
4530 | @samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions. | |
4531 | ||
4532 | @subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} | |
4533 | @cindex @code{obstacks} | |
4534 | ||
4535 | The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free | |
4536 | chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed | |
4537 | like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are | |
4538 | allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see | |
4539 | @code{libiberty}'s documenatation for a more detailed explanation of | |
4540 | @code{obstacks}). | |
4541 | ||
4542 | The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in | |
4543 | object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal | |
4544 | representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on | |
4545 | these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors, | |
4546 | symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class | |
4547 | fields of types, object files section lists, object files section | |
4548 | offets lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables, | |
4549 | string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug | |
4550 | information sections and entries, import and export lists (som), | |
4551 | unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus | |
4552 | various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings, | |
4553 | names of types. | |
4554 | ||
4555 | An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is | |
4556 | that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at | |
4557 | various times during a debugging sesssion, but it is released all at | |
4558 | once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free} | |
4559 | function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the | |
4560 | deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to | |
4561 | start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the | |
4562 | @code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the | |
4563 | obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing | |
4564 | happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data | |
4565 | is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the | |
4566 | obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the | |
4567 | @code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything | |
4568 | else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to | |
4569 | use temporary @code{obstacks}. | |
4570 | ||
4571 | Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only | |
4572 | under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no | |
4573 | longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only | |
4574 | when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a | |
4575 | new symbol file. | |
c906108c SS |
4576 | |
4577 | @section gnu-regex | |
56caf160 | 4578 | @cindex regular expressions library |
c906108c SS |
4579 | |
4580 | Regex conditionals. | |
4581 | ||
4582 | @table @code | |
c906108c SS |
4583 | @item C_ALLOCA |
4584 | ||
4585 | @item NFAILURES | |
4586 | ||
4587 | @item RE_NREGS | |
4588 | ||
4589 | @item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR | |
4590 | ||
4591 | @item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG | |
4592 | ||
4593 | @item SYNTAX_TABLE | |
4594 | ||
4595 | @item Sword | |
4596 | ||
4597 | @item sparc | |
c906108c SS |
4598 | @end table |
4599 | ||
4600 | @section include | |
4601 | ||
4602 | @node Coding | |
4603 | ||
4604 | @chapter Coding | |
4605 | ||
4606 | This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major | |
25822942 | 4607 | algorithms of @value{GDBN}. |
c906108c SS |
4608 | |
4609 | @section Cleanups | |
56caf160 | 4610 | @cindex cleanups |
c906108c SS |
4611 | |
4612 | Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done | |
cc1cb004 | 4613 | later. |
c906108c | 4614 | |
cc1cb004 AC |
4615 | When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or |
4616 | @code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree} | |
4617 | the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The | |
4618 | cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished | |
4619 | and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack | |
4620 | is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform | |
4621 | cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you | |
4622 | created. | |
c906108c SS |
4623 | |
4624 | Syntax: | |
4625 | ||
4626 | @table @code | |
c906108c SS |
4627 | @item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain}; |
4628 | Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle. | |
4629 | ||
56caf160 | 4630 | @findex make_cleanup |
c906108c SS |
4631 | @item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg}); |
4632 | Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with | |
4633 | @var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a | |
cc1cb004 AC |
4634 | handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or |
4635 | @code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call | |
4636 | @code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result | |
4637 | from @code{make_cleanup}. | |
c906108c | 4638 | |
56caf160 | 4639 | @findex do_cleanups |
c906108c | 4640 | @item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain}); |
cc1cb004 AC |
4641 | Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding |
4642 | @code{make_cleanup} call was made. | |
4643 | ||
4644 | @findex discard_cleanups | |
4645 | @item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain}); | |
4646 | Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from | |
4647 | the chain and does not call the specified functions. | |
4648 | @end table | |
4649 | ||
4650 | Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by | |
4651 | @code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any | |
4652 | later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or | |
4653 | performed). E.g.: | |
56caf160 | 4654 | |
474c8240 | 4655 | @smallexample |
c906108c | 4656 | make_cleanup (a, 0); |
cc1cb004 AC |
4657 | @{ |
4658 | struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0); | |
4659 | make_cleanup (c, 0) | |
4660 | ... | |
4661 | do_cleanups (old); | |
4662 | @} | |
474c8240 | 4663 | @end smallexample |
56caf160 | 4664 | |
c906108c | 4665 | @noindent |
cc1cb004 AC |
4666 | will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The |
4667 | cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will | |
4668 | be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill | |
4669 | ||
4670 | Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates. | |
4671 | Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller | |
4672 | will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads | |
4673 | to two common cleanup styles. | |
4674 | ||
4675 | The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls | |
4676 | @code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your | |
4677 | code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following | |
4678 | code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is | |
4679 | called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the | |
4680 | @code{xfree} will always be called: | |
c906108c | 4681 | |
474c8240 | 4682 | @smallexample |
cc1cb004 AC |
4683 | struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0); |
4684 | data = xmalloc (sizeof blah); | |
4685 | make_cleanup (xfree, data); | |
4686 | ... blah blah ... | |
4687 | do_cleanups (old); | |
474c8240 | 4688 | @end smallexample |
cc1cb004 AC |
4689 | |
4690 | The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls | |
4691 | @code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that | |
4692 | any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following | |
4693 | code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is | |
4694 | an error: | |
4695 | ||
474c8240 | 4696 | @smallexample |
cc1cb004 AC |
4697 | FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r"); |
4698 | struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file); | |
4699 | ... blah blah ... | |
4700 | discard_cleanups (old); | |
4701 | return file; | |
474c8240 | 4702 | @end smallexample |
c906108c SS |
4703 | |
4704 | Some functions, e.g. @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify | |
4705 | that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This | |
4706 | means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or | |
4707 | interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these | |
4708 | functions, since they might never return to your code (they | |
4709 | @samp{longjmp} instead). | |
4710 | ||
ba8c9337 AC |
4711 | @section Per-architecture module data |
4712 | @cindex per-architecture module data | |
4713 | @cindex multi-arch data | |
4714 | @cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module | |
4715 | ||
fc989b7a AC |
4716 | The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module |
4717 | specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch} | |
4718 | architecture object. | |
4719 | ||
4720 | A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using: | |
4721 | ||
4722 | @deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init}) | |
4723 | @var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a | |
4724 | per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed | |
4725 | in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during | |
4726 | architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture. | |
4727 | and must not call modules that use per-architecture data. | |
4728 | @end deftypefun | |
ba8c9337 | 4729 | |
fc989b7a AC |
4730 | @deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init}) |
4731 | @var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a | |
4732 | per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is | |
4733 | always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully | |
4734 | initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use | |
4735 | per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those | |
4736 | other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will | |
4737 | create in cycles in the initialization call graph). | |
4738 | @end deftypefun | |
ba8c9337 | 4739 | |
fc989b7a AC |
4740 | These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to |
4741 | identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module. | |
ba8c9337 | 4742 | |
fc989b7a | 4743 | The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function: |
ba8c9337 | 4744 | |
fc989b7a AC |
4745 | @deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle}) |
4746 | Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle | |
4747 | @var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init} | |
4748 | or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the | |
4749 | current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data | |
4750 | pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the | |
4751 | corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method. | |
ba8c9337 AC |
4752 | @end deftypefun |
4753 | ||
fc989b7a | 4754 | The examples below assume the following definitions: |
ba8c9337 AC |
4755 | |
4756 | @smallexample | |
e7f16015 | 4757 | struct nozel @{ int total; @}; |
ba8c9337 | 4758 | static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle; |
ba8c9337 AC |
4759 | @end smallexample |
4760 | ||
fc989b7a AC |
4761 | A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional |
4762 | per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's | |
4763 | per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture | |
4764 | creation. | |
ba8c9337 | 4765 | |
fc989b7a AC |
4766 | In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An |
4767 | architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel} | |
4768 | from @code{gdbarch_init}. | |
ba8c9337 AC |
4769 | |
4770 | @smallexample | |
fc989b7a AC |
4771 | static void * |
4772 | nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack) | |
ba8c9337 | 4773 | @{ |
fc989b7a AC |
4774 | struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel); |
4775 | return data; | |
4776 | @} | |
ba8c9337 AC |
4777 | @end smallexample |
4778 | ||
ba8c9337 | 4779 | @smallexample |
fc989b7a AC |
4780 | extern void |
4781 | set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total) | |
ba8c9337 | 4782 | @{ |
ba8c9337 | 4783 | struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle); |
fc989b7a | 4784 | data->total = nozel; |
ba8c9337 AC |
4785 | @} |
4786 | @end smallexample | |
4787 | ||
fc989b7a AC |
4788 | A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures |
4789 | using @code{post_init}. | |
ba8c9337 | 4790 | |
fc989b7a AC |
4791 | In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by |
4792 | @code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the | |
4793 | architecture. | |
ba8c9337 AC |
4794 | |
4795 | @smallexample | |
fc989b7a AC |
4796 | static void * |
4797 | nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch) | |
ba8c9337 | 4798 | @{ |
fc989b7a AC |
4799 | struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel); |
4800 | nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch); | |
4801 | return data; | |
ba8c9337 AC |
4802 | @} |
4803 | @end smallexample | |
4804 | ||
4805 | @smallexample | |
fc989b7a AC |
4806 | extern int |
4807 | nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch) | |
ba8c9337 | 4808 | @{ |
fc989b7a AC |
4809 | struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle); |
4810 | return data->total; | |
ba8c9337 AC |
4811 | @} |
4812 | @end smallexample | |
4813 | ||
c906108c | 4814 | @section Wrapping Output Lines |
56caf160 | 4815 | @cindex line wrap in output |
c906108c | 4816 | |
56caf160 | 4817 | @findex wrap_here |
c906108c SS |
4818 | Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered} |
4819 | or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here} | |
4820 | added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility | |
4821 | routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is | |
4822 | exceeded. | |
4823 | ||
4824 | The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is | |
4825 | printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved | |
4826 | away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to | |
4827 | @code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the | |
4828 | @code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then | |
4829 | return! | |
4830 | ||
56caf160 | 4831 | It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or |
c906108c SS |
4832 | space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your |
4833 | indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if | |
4834 | the line wraps there. | |
4835 | ||
4836 | Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must | |
4837 | finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching | |
56caf160 | 4838 | to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that |
c906108c SS |
4839 | print warnings are a good example. |
4840 | ||
25822942 | 4841 | @section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards |
56caf160 | 4842 | @cindex coding standards |
c906108c | 4843 | |
25822942 | 4844 | @value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in |
c906108c | 4845 | @file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous |
af6c57ea AC |
4846 | FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation |
4847 | of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice | |
4848 | but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it. | |
c906108c | 4849 | |
56caf160 EZ |
4850 | @value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to |
4851 | @value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections. | |
c906108c | 4852 | |
af6c57ea | 4853 | |
b9aa90c9 | 4854 | @subsection ISO C |
af6c57ea | 4855 | |
b9aa90c9 AC |
4856 | @value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant |
4857 | compiler. | |
af6c57ea | 4858 | |
b9aa90c9 | 4859 | @value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library. |
af6c57ea AC |
4860 | |
4861 | ||
4862 | @subsection Memory Management | |
4863 | ||
4864 | @value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc}, | |
4865 | @code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}. | |
4866 | ||
4867 | @value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and | |
4868 | @code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@: | |
4869 | these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead, | |
4870 | they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return | |
4871 | @code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero. | |
4872 | ||
4873 | @emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every | |
4874 | memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable | |
4875 | behavior.} | |
4876 | ||
4877 | @value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}. | |
4878 | ||
4879 | @value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the | |
4880 | memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to | |
4881 | free a @code{NULL} pointer. | |
4882 | ||
4883 | @emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a | |
4884 | @code{NULL} pointer.} | |
4885 | ||
4886 | @value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the | |
4887 | allocation of small temporary values (such as strings). | |
4888 | ||
4889 | @emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems | |
4890 | restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.} | |
4891 | ||
4892 | @value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print | |
b435e160 | 4893 | function @code{xstrprintf}. |
af6c57ea AC |
4894 | |
4895 | @emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print | |
4896 | functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow | |
4897 | errors.} | |
4898 | ||
4899 | ||
4900 | @subsection Compiler Warnings | |
56caf160 | 4901 | @cindex compiler warnings |
af6c57ea AC |
4902 | |
4903 | With few exceptions, developers should include the configuration option | |
4904 | @samp{--enable-gdb-build-warnings=,-Werror} when building @value{GDBN}. | |
4905 | The exceptions are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. | |
4906 | ||
4907 | This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled | |
4908 | with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings | |
4909 | from those flags being treated as errors. | |
4910 | ||
4911 | The current list of warning flags includes: | |
4912 | ||
4913 | @table @samp | |
4914 | @item -Wimplicit | |
4915 | Since @value{GDBN} coding standard requires all functions to be declared | |
4916 | using a prototype, the flag has the side effect of ensuring that | |
4917 | prototyped functions are always visible with out resorting to | |
4918 | @samp{-Wstrict-prototypes}. | |
4919 | ||
4920 | @item -Wreturn-type | |
4921 | Such code often appears to work except on instruction set architectures | |
4922 | that use register windows. | |
4923 | ||
4924 | @item -Wcomment | |
4925 | ||
4926 | @item -Wtrigraphs | |
4927 | ||
4928 | @item -Wformat | |
153721e6 | 4929 | @itemx -Wformat-nonliteral |
af6c57ea | 4930 | Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all |
153721e6 | 4931 | @code{printf} like functions these check not just @code{printf} calls |
af6c57ea AC |
4932 | but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}. |
4933 | ||
4934 | @item -Wparentheses | |
4935 | This warning includes uses of the assignment operator within an | |
4936 | @code{if} statement. | |
4937 | ||
4938 | @item -Wpointer-arith | |
4939 | ||
4940 | @item -Wuninitialized | |
0f0cffd2 AC |
4941 | |
4942 | @item -Wunused-label | |
4943 | This warning has the additional benefit of detecting the absence of the | |
4944 | @code{case} reserved word in a switch statement: | |
4945 | @smallexample | |
4946 | enum @{ FD_SCHEDULED, NOTHING_SCHEDULED @} sched; | |
4947 | @dots{} | |
4948 | switch (sched) | |
4949 | @{ | |
4950 | case FD_SCHEDULED: | |
4951 | @dots{}; | |
4952 | break; | |
4953 | NOTHING_SCHEDULED: | |
4954 | @dots{}; | |
4955 | break; | |
4956 | @} | |
4957 | @end smallexample | |
c9830293 AC |
4958 | |
4959 | @item -Wunused-function | |
af6c57ea AC |
4960 | @end table |
4961 | ||
4962 | @emph{Pragmatics: Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented most | |
4963 | functions have unused parameters. Consequently the warning | |
4964 | @samp{-Wunused-parameter} is precluded from the list. The macro | |
4965 | @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives --- | |
4966 | it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that | |
4967 | is being used. The options @samp{-Wall} and @samp{-Wunused} are also | |
4968 | precluded because they both include @samp{-Wunused-parameter}.} | |
4969 | ||
4970 | @emph{Pragmatics: @value{GDBN} has not simply accepted the warnings | |
4971 | enabled by @samp{-Wall -Werror -W...}. Instead it is selecting warnings | |
4972 | when and where their benefits can be demonstrated.} | |
c906108c SS |
4973 | |
4974 | @subsection Formatting | |
4975 | ||
56caf160 | 4976 | @cindex source code formatting |
c906108c SS |
4977 | The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed |
4978 | strictly. | |
4979 | ||
af6c57ea AC |
4980 | A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A |
4981 | function definition should have its name in column zero. | |
4982 | ||
474c8240 | 4983 | @smallexample |
af6c57ea AC |
4984 | /* Declaration */ |
4985 | static void foo (void); | |
4986 | /* Definition */ | |
4987 | void | |
4988 | foo (void) | |
4989 | @{ | |
4990 | @} | |
474c8240 | 4991 | @end smallexample |
af6c57ea AC |
4992 | |
4993 | @emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can | |
4994 | be found using @samp{^function-name}.} | |
c906108c | 4995 | |
af6c57ea AC |
4996 | There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening |
4997 | parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as | |
4998 | required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket | |
4999 | or before a close paren/bracket. | |
c906108c SS |
5000 | |
5001 | While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use | |
5002 | more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace | |
af6c57ea AC |
5003 | after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had |
5004 | whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties | |
5005 | for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities. | |
5006 | ||
5007 | Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style: | |
5008 | ||
474c8240 | 5009 | @smallexample |
af6c57ea | 5010 | void *foo; |
474c8240 | 5011 | @end smallexample |
af6c57ea AC |
5012 | |
5013 | @noindent | |
5014 | and not: | |
5015 | ||
474c8240 | 5016 | @smallexample |
af6c57ea AC |
5017 | void * foo; |
5018 | void* foo; | |
474c8240 | 5019 | @end smallexample |
c906108c SS |
5020 | |
5021 | @subsection Comments | |
5022 | ||
56caf160 | 5023 | @cindex comment formatting |
c906108c SS |
5024 | The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly. |
5025 | ||
af6c57ea AC |
5026 | Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or |
5027 | @code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}: | |
c906108c | 5028 | |
474c8240 | 5029 | @smallexample |
c906108c SS |
5030 | /* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior |
5031 | gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of | |
5032 | returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When | |
5033 | this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left | |
25822942 | 5034 | stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */ |
474c8240 | 5035 | @end smallexample |
c906108c SS |
5036 | |
5037 | (Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line | |
56caf160 | 5038 | comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.) |
c906108c SS |
5039 | |
5040 | Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or | |
5041 | variable definitions, and the definition itself. | |
5042 | ||
5043 | In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather | |
5044 | than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a | |
5045 | line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer | |
5046 | than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow. | |
5047 | ||
5048 | @subsection C Usage | |
5049 | ||
56caf160 | 5050 | @cindex C data types |
c906108c SS |
5051 | Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the |
5052 | host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order | |
5053 | of evaluation of expressions. | |
5054 | ||
56caf160 | 5055 | @cindex function usage |
c906108c | 5056 | Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas |
56caf160 EZ |
5057 | in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function |
5058 | call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is | |
5059 | limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call). | |
c906108c SS |
5060 | |
5061 | However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions | |
5062 | are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function. | |
5063 | ||
af6c57ea | 5064 | @emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.} |
9e678452 CF |
5065 | (But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are |
5066 | protected with parentheses.) | |
af6c57ea AC |
5067 | |
5068 | @cindex types | |
c906108c | 5069 | |
af6c57ea AC |
5070 | Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to |
5071 | declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}. | |
5072 | ||
5073 | ||
5074 | @subsection Function Prototypes | |
56caf160 | 5075 | @cindex function prototypes |
af6c57ea AC |
5076 | |
5077 | Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining} | |
5078 | a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the | |
5079 | argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual | |
5080 | function definition. | |
c906108c | 5081 | |
53a5351d JM |
5082 | All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that |
5083 | callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must | |
5084 | be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be | |
5085 | visible to random source files. | |
c906108c | 5086 | |
af6c57ea AC |
5087 | Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function, |
5088 | that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file. | |
5089 | ||
5090 | ||
5091 | @subsection Internal Error Recovery | |
5092 | ||
5093 | During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors. | |
5094 | User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user | |
5095 | entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt | |
5096 | object files and system errors when interacting with the target. | |
937f164b FF |
5097 | Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at |
5098 | run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation. | |
af6c57ea AC |
5099 | |
5100 | When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses | |
5101 | @code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}. | |
5102 | ||
5103 | @value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}. | |
5104 | ||
5105 | @emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either | |
5106 | the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a | |
5107 | @code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user | |
5108 | error and issued an @code{internal_error}.} | |
5109 | ||
5110 | @subsection File Names | |
5111 | ||
5112 | Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower | |
5113 | case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3 | |
5114 | unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files. | |
5115 | ||
5116 | @emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many | |
5117 | platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file | |
5118 | is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and | |
5119 | @file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the | |
5120 | convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into | |
5121 | @file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform | |
5122 | @file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.} | |
5123 | ||
5124 | Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core | |
5125 | of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}. | |
5126 | ||
5127 | @emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.} | |
5128 | ||
5129 | When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex | |
5130 | @file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with | |
b4177fca DJ |
5131 | @file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively |
5132 | independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure}, | |
5133 | the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they | |
5134 | should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple | |
5135 | programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}. | |
af6c57ea AC |
5136 | |
5137 | For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator. | |
5138 | ||
5139 | ||
5140 | @subsection Include Files | |
5141 | ||
e2b28d04 | 5142 | A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first. |
af6c57ea | 5143 | |
e2b28d04 AC |
5144 | A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every |
5145 | declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on | |
5146 | indirect inclusion. | |
af6c57ea | 5147 | |
e2b28d04 AC |
5148 | A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every |
5149 | declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on | |
5150 | indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to | |
5151 | be directly included. | |
af6c57ea | 5152 | |
e2b28d04 | 5153 | An external declaration should only appear in one include file. |
af6c57ea | 5154 | |
e2b28d04 AC |
5155 | An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file. |
5156 | Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that | |
5157 | pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}. | |
5158 | ||
5159 | A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file. | |
5160 | ||
5161 | An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h} | |
5162 | files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque | |
5163 | @code{struct} declaration instead of an include. | |
5164 | ||
5165 | All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in: | |
af6c57ea | 5166 | |
474c8240 | 5167 | @smallexample |
af6c57ea AC |
5168 | #ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H |
5169 | #define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H | |
5170 | header body | |
5171 | #endif | |
474c8240 | 5172 | @end smallexample |
af6c57ea | 5173 | |
c906108c | 5174 | |
dab11f21 | 5175 | @subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation |
c906108c | 5176 | |
56caf160 | 5177 | @cindex design |
c906108c | 5178 | In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of |
25822942 | 5179 | semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long |
c906108c SS |
5180 | experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of |
5181 | trouble. | |
5182 | ||
56caf160 | 5183 | @cindex assumptions about targets |
c906108c SS |
5184 | You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target |
5185 | (including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things | |
56caf160 EZ |
5186 | must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in |
5187 | @value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h}, | |
5188 | such as @code{bfd_get_32}. | |
c906108c SS |
5189 | |
5190 | You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to | |
5191 | the target system. All references to the target must go through the | |
5192 | current @code{target_ops} vector. | |
5193 | ||
5194 | You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine | |
5195 | (except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't | |
5196 | assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the | |
5197 | host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files -- | |
5198 | written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid | |
5199 | copyright problems. | |
5200 | ||
56caf160 | 5201 | @cindex portability |
c906108c SS |
5202 | Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better |
5203 | to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various | |
5204 | systems. | |
5205 | ||
56caf160 | 5206 | @cindex system dependencies |
c906108c SS |
5207 | New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers |
5208 | or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test | |
5209 | for features. The information about which configurations contain which | |
5210 | features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience | |
5211 | has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system | |
5212 | often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some | |
5213 | predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over | |
5214 | time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently | |
5215 | with regard to this feature. | |
5216 | ||
5217 | Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems, | |
af6c57ea | 5218 | target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code. |
c906108c | 5219 | |
dab11f21 EZ |
5220 | @cindex portable file name handling |
5221 | @cindex file names, portability | |
5222 | One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to | |
5223 | creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code | |
5224 | assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with | |
5225 | a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading | |
5226 | directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not | |
5227 | necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid | |
5228 | system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file | |
5229 | name, use the following portable macros: | |
5230 | ||
5231 | @table @code | |
5232 | @findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM | |
5233 | @item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM | |
5234 | This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts | |
5235 | whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this | |
5236 | symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for | |
5237 | such hosts. | |
5238 | ||
5239 | @findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR | |
4be31470 | 5240 | @item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c}) |
dab11f21 EZ |
5241 | Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator |
5242 | character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is | |
5243 | such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will | |
5244 | pass. | |
5245 | ||
5246 | @findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH | |
5247 | @item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file}) | |
5248 | Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name. | |
5249 | For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash | |
5250 | @file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and | |
5251 | @file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names. | |
5252 | ||
5253 | @findex FILENAME_CMP | |
5254 | @item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2}) | |
5255 | Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as | |
5256 | appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems, | |
5257 | this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it | |
5258 | will call @code{strcasecmp} instead. | |
5259 | ||
5260 | @findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR | |
5261 | @item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR | |
5262 | Evaluates to a character which separates directories in | |
5263 | @code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables. | |
5264 | This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows. | |
5265 | ||
5266 | @findex SLASH_STRING | |
5267 | @item SLASH_STRING | |
5268 | This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an | |
5269 | absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename. | |
5270 | @code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be | |
5271 | @code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports. | |
5272 | @end table | |
5273 | ||
5274 | In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library | |
5275 | functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a | |
5276 | basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and | |
5277 | @code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for | |
5278 | platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash | |
5279 | with @code{strrchr}. | |
5280 | ||
25822942 DB |
5281 | Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an |
5282 | attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle | |
56caf160 EZ |
5283 | multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but |
5284 | by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as | |
c906108c SS |
5285 | well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever |
5286 | something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are | |
56caf160 EZ |
5287 | using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g., |
5288 | @code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the | |
c906108c | 5289 | current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface |
56caf160 | 5290 | is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually |
c906108c SS |
5291 | implements the new remote interface. Other examples of |
5292 | attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file | |
25822942 | 5293 | formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages. |
c906108c | 5294 | |
56caf160 EZ |
5295 | Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all |
5296 | the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of | |
5297 | @value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing | |
5298 | something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been | |
5299 | consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal | |
5300 | with variations between systems the same way any system-independent | |
5301 | file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are | |
5302 | radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all. | |
c906108c | 5303 | |
af6c57ea AC |
5304 | All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug |
5305 | @var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace | |
5306 | messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use | |
5307 | @code{#ifdef DEBUG}. | |
5308 | ||
c906108c | 5309 | |
8487521e | 5310 | @node Porting GDB |
c906108c | 5311 | |
25822942 | 5312 | @chapter Porting @value{GDBN} |
56caf160 | 5313 | @cindex porting to new machines |
c906108c | 5314 | |
56caf160 EZ |
5315 | Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in |
5316 | specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a | |
5317 | dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we | |
5318 | hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an | |
5319 | @var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration | |
5320 | name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g., | |
5321 | @samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular: | |
c906108c | 5322 | |
56caf160 EZ |
5323 | @itemize @bullet |
5324 | @item | |
c906108c SS |
5325 | In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch}, |
5326 | @var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures, | |
5327 | vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add | |
5328 | @var{xyz} as an alias that maps to | |
5329 | @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by | |
5330 | running | |
5331 | ||
474c8240 | 5332 | @smallexample |
c906108c | 5333 | ./config.sub @var{xyz} |
474c8240 | 5334 | @end smallexample |
56caf160 | 5335 | |
c906108c SS |
5336 | @noindent |
5337 | and | |
56caf160 | 5338 | |
474c8240 | 5339 | @smallexample |
c906108c | 5340 | ./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} |
474c8240 | 5341 | @end smallexample |
56caf160 | 5342 | |
c906108c SS |
5343 | @noindent |
5344 | which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} | |
5345 | and no error messages. | |
5346 | ||
56caf160 | 5347 | @noindent |
c906108c SS |
5348 | You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is |
5349 | beyond the scope of this manual. | |
5350 | ||
56caf160 | 5351 | @item |
25822942 | 5352 | To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize |
c906108c SS |
5353 | your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your |
5354 | desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt}, | |
5355 | setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance, | |
5356 | @var{xyz}). | |
5357 | ||
7fd60527 AC |
5358 | @emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file |
5359 | @file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a | |
5360 | new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}. | |
5361 | Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs | |
5362 | to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely | |
5363 | changed again in the future.} | |
5364 | ||
56caf160 | 5365 | @item |
25822942 | 5366 | Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and |
c906108c SS |
5367 | target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your |
5368 | configuration. | |
56caf160 | 5369 | @end itemize |
c906108c | 5370 | |
8973da3a AC |
5371 | @node Releasing GDB |
5372 | ||
5373 | @chapter Releasing @value{GDBN} | |
5374 | @cindex making a new release of gdb | |
5375 | ||
fb0ff88f AC |
5376 | @section Versions and Branches |
5377 | ||
5378 | @subsection Version Identifiers | |
5379 | ||
5380 | @value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file @file{gdb/version.in}. | |
5381 | ||
5382 | @value{GDBN}'s mainline uses ISO dates to differentiate between | |
5383 | versions. The CVS repository uses @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-cvs | |
5384 | while the corresponding snapshot uses @var{YYYYMMDD}. | |
5385 | ||
5386 | @value{GDBN}'s release branch uses a slightly more complicated scheme. | |
5387 | When the branch is first cut, the mainline version identifier is | |
5388 | prefixed with the @var{major}.@var{minor} from of the previous release | |
5389 | series but with .90 appended. As draft releases are drawn from the | |
5390 | branch, the minor minor number (.90) is incremented. Once the first | |
5391 | release (@var{M}.@var{N}) has been made, the version prefix is updated | |
5392 | to @var{M}.@var{N}.0.90 (dot zero, dot ninety). Follow on releases have | |
5393 | an incremented minor minor version number (.0). | |
5394 | ||
5395 | Using 5.1 (previous) and 5.2 (current), the example below illustrates a | |
5396 | typical sequence of version identifiers: | |
5397 | ||
5398 | @table @asis | |
5399 | @item 5.1.1 | |
5400 | final release from previous branch | |
5401 | @item 2002-03-03-cvs | |
5402 | main-line the day the branch is cut | |
5403 | @item 5.1.90-2002-03-03-cvs | |
5404 | corresponding branch version | |
5405 | @item 5.1.91 | |
5406 | first draft release candidate | |
5407 | @item 5.1.91-2002-03-17-cvs | |
5408 | updated branch version | |
5409 | @item 5.1.92 | |
5410 | second draft release candidate | |
5411 | @item 5.1.92-2002-03-31-cvs | |
5412 | updated branch version | |
5413 | @item 5.1.93 | |
5414 | final release candidate (see below) | |
5415 | @item 5.2 | |
5416 | official release | |
5417 | @item 5.2.0.90-2002-04-07-cvs | |
5418 | updated CVS branch version | |
5419 | @item 5.2.1 | |
5420 | second official release | |
5421 | @end table | |
5422 | ||
5423 | Notes: | |
5424 | ||
5425 | @itemize @bullet | |
5426 | @item | |
5427 | Minor minor minor draft release candidates such as 5.2.0.91 have been | |
5428 | omitted from the example. Such release candidates are, typically, never | |
5429 | made. | |
5430 | @item | |
5431 | For 5.1.93 the bziped tar ball @file{gdb-5.1.93.tar.bz2} is just the | |
5432 | official @file{gdb-5.2.tar} renamed and compressed. | |
5433 | @end itemize | |
5434 | ||
5435 | To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file | |
5436 | @file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier | |
5437 | (an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in | |
5438 | its version identifer). | |
5439 | ||
5440 | Since @value{GDBN} does not make minor minor minor releases (e.g., | |
5441 | 5.1.0.1) the conflict between that and a minor minor draft release | |
5442 | identifier (e.g., 5.1.0.90) is avoided. | |
5443 | ||
5444 | ||
5445 | @subsection Branches | |
5446 | ||
5447 | @value{GDBN} draws a release series (5.2, 5.2.1, @dots{}) from a single | |
5448 | release branch (gdb_5_2-branch). Since minor minor minor releases | |
5449 | (5.1.0.1) are not made, the need to branch the release branch is avoided | |
5450 | (it also turns out that the effort required for such a a branch and | |
5451 | release is significantly greater than the effort needed to create a new | |
5452 | release from the head of the release branch). | |
5453 | ||
5454 | Releases 5.0 and 5.1 used branch and release tags of the form: | |
5455 | ||
474c8240 | 5456 | @smallexample |
fb0ff88f AC |
5457 | gdb_N_M-YYYY-MM-DD-branchpoint |
5458 | gdb_N_M-YYYY-MM-DD-branch | |
5459 | gdb_M_N-YYYY-MM-DD-release | |
474c8240 | 5460 | @end smallexample |
fb0ff88f AC |
5461 | |
5462 | Release 5.2 is trialing the branch and release tags: | |
5463 | ||
474c8240 | 5464 | @smallexample |
fb0ff88f AC |
5465 | gdb_N_M-YYYY-MM-DD-branchpoint |
5466 | gdb_N_M-branch | |
5467 | gdb_M_N-YYYY-MM-DD-release | |
474c8240 | 5468 | @end smallexample |
fb0ff88f AC |
5469 | |
5470 | @emph{Pragmatics: The branchpoint and release tags need to identify when | |
5471 | a branch and release are made. The branch tag, denoting the head of the | |
5472 | branch, does not have this criteria.} | |
5473 | ||
5474 | ||
9bb0a4d8 AC |
5475 | @section Branch Commit Policy |
5476 | ||
5477 | The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0, | |
5478 | 5.1 and 5.2 all used the below: | |
5479 | ||
5480 | @itemize @bullet | |
5481 | @item | |
5482 | The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds. | |
5483 | @item | |
5484 | Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the | |
5485 | trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS} | |
4be31470 | 5486 | file is better than committing a hack. |
9bb0a4d8 AC |
5487 | @item |
5488 | When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include: | |
5489 | Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run} | |
5490 | when debugging a static binary? | |
5491 | @item | |
5492 | The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely | |
5493 | the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code). | |
5494 | @item | |
5495 | Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've | |
5496 | sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the | |
5497 | @file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)} | |
5498 | @end itemize | |
5499 | ||
5500 | @emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core | |
5501 | functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal. | |
5502 | This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within | |
5503 | reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.} | |
5504 | ||
5505 | ||
cbb09e6a | 5506 | @section Obsoleting code |
8973da3a | 5507 | |
8642bc8f | 5508 | Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source |
4be31470 EZ |
5509 | code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN} |
5510 | (an old target, an unused file). | |
8973da3a | 5511 | |
8642bc8f | 5512 | Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every |
cbb09e6a AC |
5513 | line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has |
5514 | been obsoleted when greping through the sources. | |
8973da3a | 5515 | |
cbb09e6a AC |
5516 | The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the |
5517 | wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond. | |
5518 | Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week. | |
8973da3a | 5519 | |
cbb09e6a | 5520 | @enumerate |
8973da3a | 5521 | @item |
cbb09e6a AC |
5522 | Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing |
5523 | list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly | |
5524 | recommended. | |
8973da3a | 5525 | @item |
cbb09e6a | 5526 | Wait a week or so. |
8973da3a | 5527 | @item |
cbb09e6a AC |
5528 | Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB |
5529 | Announcement mailing list}. | |
8973da3a | 5530 | @item |
cbb09e6a | 5531 | Wait a week or so. |
8973da3a | 5532 | @item |
cbb09e6a AC |
5533 | Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are |
5534 | prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}. | |
5535 | @item | |
5536 | Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been | |
5537 | released. | |
5538 | @item | |
5539 | Remove the obsolete code. | |
5540 | @end enumerate | |
5541 | ||
5542 | @noindent | |
5543 | @emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is | |
5544 | hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it | |
5545 | helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant | |
5546 | or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with | |
5547 | the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer | |
5548 | hand when it comes to fixing broken files.} | |
8973da3a | 5549 | |
8973da3a | 5550 | |
9ae8b82c AC |
5551 | |
5552 | @section Before the Branch | |
8973da3a | 5553 | |
8642bc8f AC |
5554 | The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple |
5555 | changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For | |
5556 | instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even | |
5557 | building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the | |
5558 | @file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file. | |
8973da3a | 5559 | |
9ae8b82c | 5560 | @subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS} |
8973da3a | 5561 | |
9ae8b82c AC |
5562 | People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know |
5563 | something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule} | |
5564 | script will mention this in its e-mail. | |
8973da3a | 5565 | |
9ae8b82c | 5566 | @subheading Review @file{gdb/README} |
8973da3a | 5567 | |
9ae8b82c AC |
5568 | Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the |
5569 | @file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The | |
5570 | @code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail. | |
8642bc8f AC |
5571 | |
5572 | @subheading Refresh any imported files. | |
8973da3a | 5573 | |
8642bc8f | 5574 | A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include: |
8973da3a | 5575 | |
8642bc8f AC |
5576 | @itemize @bullet |
5577 | @item | |
5578 | @file{texinfo/texinfo.tex} | |
5579 | @item | |
9ae8b82c AC |
5580 | @file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS} |
5581 | file) | |
5582 | @item | |
5583 | @file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi} | |
8642bc8f AC |
5584 | @end itemize |
5585 | ||
9ae8b82c | 5586 | @subheading Check the ARI |
8642bc8f | 5587 | |
9ae8b82c AC |
5588 | @uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script |
5589 | (Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding | |
5590 | conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead | |
5591 | of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any | |
5592 | regressions. | |
8642bc8f | 5593 | |
9ae8b82c | 5594 | @subsection Review the bug data base |
8642bc8f | 5595 | |
9ae8b82c | 5596 | Close anything obviously fixed. |
8642bc8f | 5597 | |
9ae8b82c | 5598 | @subsection Check all cross targets build |
8642bc8f | 5599 | |
9ae8b82c | 5600 | The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. |
8642bc8f | 5601 | |
8642bc8f | 5602 | |
30107679 | 5603 | @section Cut the Branch |
8642bc8f | 5604 | |
30107679 | 5605 | @subheading Create the branch |
8642bc8f | 5606 | |
474c8240 | 5607 | @smallexample |
30107679 AC |
5608 | $ u=5.1 |
5609 | $ v=5.2 | |
5610 | $ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'` | |
5611 | $ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d` | |
5612 | $ echo $u $V $D | |
5613 | 5.1 5_2 2002-03-03 | |
5614 | $ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \ | |
5615 | -D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight+dejagnu | |
5616 | cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag | |
5617 | -D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight+dejagnu | |
5618 | $ ^echo ^^ | |
5619 | ... | |
5620 | $ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \ | |
5621 | -b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight+dejagnu | |
5622 | cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \ | |
5623 | -b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight+dejagnu | |
5624 | $ ^echo ^^ | |
5625 | ... | |
8642bc8f | 5626 | $ |
474c8240 | 5627 | @end smallexample |
8642bc8f AC |
5628 | |
5629 | @itemize @bullet | |
5630 | @item | |
30107679 AC |
5631 | by using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt} the branch is forced to an exact |
5632 | date/time. | |
5633 | @item | |
5634 | the trunk is first taged so that the branch point can easily be found | |
5635 | @item | |
5636 | Insight (which includes GDB) and dejagnu are all tagged at the same time | |
8642bc8f | 5637 | @item |
30107679 | 5638 | @file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts |
8642bc8f | 5639 | @item |
30107679 AC |
5640 | the reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f} |
5641 | @end itemize | |
5642 | ||
5643 | @subheading Update @file{version.in} | |
5644 | ||
5645 | @smallexample | |
5646 | $ u=5.1 | |
5647 | $ v=5.2 | |
5648 | $ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'` | |
5649 | $ echo $u $v$V | |
5650 | 5.1 5_2 | |
5651 | $ cd /tmp | |
5652 | $ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \ | |
5653 | -r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in | |
5654 | cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co | |
5655 | -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in | |
5656 | $ ^echo ^^ | |
5657 | U src/gdb/version.in | |
5658 | $ cd src/gdb | |
5659 | $ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in | |
5660 | $ cat version.in | |
5661 | 5.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs | |
5662 | $ cvs -f commit version.in | |
5663 | @end smallexample | |
5664 | ||
5665 | @itemize @bullet | |
5666 | @item | |
5667 | @file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update | |
5668 | mechanism | |
5669 | @item | |
5670 | @file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary | |
5671 | initial branch version number | |
8642bc8f AC |
5672 | @end itemize |
5673 | ||
8642bc8f AC |
5674 | |
5675 | @subheading Update the web and news pages | |
5676 | ||
30107679 AC |
5677 | Something? |
5678 | ||
8642bc8f AC |
5679 | @subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch |
5680 | ||
30107679 AC |
5681 | The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table. |
5682 | This file needs to be updated so that: | |
5683 | ||
5684 | @itemize @bullet | |
5685 | @item | |
5686 | a daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in} | |
5687 | @item | |
5688 | the new branch is included in the snapshot process | |
5689 | @end itemize | |
5690 | ||
5691 | @noindent | |
5692 | See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated | |
5693 | cron table. | |
5694 | ||
5695 | The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect | |
5696 | any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/ | |
5697 | snapshot directories. | |
5698 | ||
5699 | ||
5700 | @subheading Update the NEWS and README files | |
5701 | ||
5702 | The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers | |
5703 | to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also | |
5704 | refers to @emph{changes since the current release}. | |
5705 | ||
5706 | The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the | |
5707 | current release. | |
5708 | ||
5709 | @subheading Post the branch info | |
5710 | ||
5711 | Send an announcement to the mailing lists: | |
5712 | ||
5713 | @itemize @bullet | |
5714 | @item | |
5715 | @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list} | |
5716 | @item | |
5717 | @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list} and | |
5718 | @email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list} | |
16737d73 | 5719 | @end itemize |
30107679 AC |
5720 | |
5721 | @emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to | |
5722 | ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion | |
5723 | list are alerted.} | |
5724 | ||
5725 | The announcement should include: | |
5726 | ||
5727 | @itemize @bullet | |
5728 | @item | |
5729 | the branch tag | |
5730 | @item | |
5731 | how to check out the branch using CVS | |
5732 | @item | |
5733 | the date/number of weeks until the release | |
5734 | @item | |
5735 | the branch commit policy | |
5736 | still holds. | |
16737d73 | 5737 | @end itemize |
30107679 | 5738 | |
8642bc8f AC |
5739 | @section Stabilize the branch |
5740 | ||
5741 | Something goes here. | |
5742 | ||
5743 | @section Create a Release | |
5744 | ||
0816590b AC |
5745 | The process of creating and then making available a release is broken |
5746 | down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical | |
5747 | process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the | |
5748 | process of releasing that tar ball. | |
8973da3a | 5749 | |
0816590b AC |
5750 | When making a release candidate just the first section is needed. |
5751 | ||
5752 | @subsection Create a release candidate | |
5753 | ||
5754 | The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be | |
5755 | made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release | |
5756 | candidate). | |
5757 | ||
5758 | @subsubheading Freeze the branch | |
5759 | ||
5760 | Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to | |
5761 | @email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}. | |
5762 | ||
5763 | @subsubheading Establish a few defaults. | |
8973da3a | 5764 | |
474c8240 | 5765 | @smallexample |
0816590b AC |
5766 | $ b=gdb_5_2-branch |
5767 | $ v=5.2 | |
8642bc8f AC |
5768 | $ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp |
5769 | $ echo $t/$b/$v | |
0816590b | 5770 | /sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2 |
8642bc8f AC |
5771 | $ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v |
5772 | $ cd $t/$b/$v | |
5773 | $ pwd | |
0816590b | 5774 | /sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2 |
8973da3a AC |
5775 | $ which autoconf |
5776 | /home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf | |
8642bc8f | 5777 | $ |
474c8240 | 5778 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 5779 | |
0816590b AC |
5780 | @noindent |
5781 | Notes: | |
8973da3a | 5782 | |
0816590b AC |
5783 | @itemize @bullet |
5784 | @item | |
5785 | Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the | |
4a2b4636 JB |
5786 | version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be |
5787 | found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very | |
0816590b AC |
5788 | unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g., |
5789 | @file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct. | |
5790 | @end itemize | |
5791 | ||
5792 | @subsubheading Check out the relevant modules: | |
8973da3a | 5793 | |
474c8240 | 5794 | @smallexample |
8642bc8f AC |
5795 | $ for m in gdb insight dejagnu |
5796 | do | |
8973da3a AC |
5797 | ( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m ) |
5798 | done | |
8642bc8f | 5799 | $ |
474c8240 | 5800 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 5801 | |
0816590b AC |
5802 | @noindent |
5803 | Note: | |
8642bc8f | 5804 | |
0816590b AC |
5805 | @itemize @bullet |
5806 | @item | |
5807 | The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't | |
5808 | any confusion between what is written here and what your local | |
5809 | @code{cvs} really does. | |
5810 | @end itemize | |
5811 | ||
5812 | @subsubheading Update relevant files. | |
8973da3a | 5813 | |
0816590b AC |
5814 | @table @file |
5815 | ||
5816 | @item gdb/NEWS | |
8642bc8f AC |
5817 | |
5818 | Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor | |
5819 | releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed. | |
5820 | ||
0816590b | 5821 | Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry. |
8973da3a | 5822 | |
474c8240 | 5823 | @smallexample |
8642bc8f AC |
5824 | $ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS |
5825 | ... | |
5826 | c-x 4 a | |
5827 | ... | |
5828 | c-x c-s c-x c-c | |
5829 | $ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS | |
5830 | $ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog | |
474c8240 | 5831 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 5832 | |
0816590b AC |
5833 | @item gdb/README |
5834 | ||
5835 | You'll need to update: | |
8973da3a | 5836 | |
0816590b AC |
5837 | @itemize @bullet |
5838 | @item | |
5839 | the version | |
5840 | @item | |
5841 | the update date | |
5842 | @item | |
5843 | who did it | |
5844 | @end itemize | |
8973da3a | 5845 | |
474c8240 | 5846 | @smallexample |
8642bc8f AC |
5847 | $ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README |
5848 | ... | |
8973da3a | 5849 | c-x 4 a |
8642bc8f | 5850 | ... |
8973da3a | 5851 | c-x c-s c-x c-c |
8642bc8f AC |
5852 | $ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README |
5853 | $ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog | |
474c8240 | 5854 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 5855 | |
0816590b AC |
5856 | @emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed |
5857 | before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed | |
5858 | to get it updated.} | |
8973da3a | 5859 | |
8642bc8f AC |
5860 | @emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and |
5861 | @file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth | |
5862 | pursuing.} | |
8973da3a | 5863 | |
0816590b | 5864 | @item gdb/version.in |
8973da3a | 5865 | |
474c8240 | 5866 | @smallexample |
8642bc8f | 5867 | $ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in |
0816590b AC |
5868 | $ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in |
5869 | 5.2 | |
8642bc8f | 5870 | $ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in |
8973da3a AC |
5871 | ... |
5872 | c-x 4 a | |
0816590b | 5873 | ... Bump to version ... |
8973da3a | 5874 | c-x c-s c-x c-c |
8642bc8f AC |
5875 | $ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in |
5876 | $ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog | |
474c8240 | 5877 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 5878 | |
0816590b | 5879 | @item dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in |
8642bc8f AC |
5880 | |
5881 | Dejagnu is more complicated. The version number is a parameter to | |
0816590b | 5882 | @code{AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE}. Tweak it to read something like gdb-5.1.91. |
8642bc8f | 5883 | |
0816590b | 5884 | Don't forget to re-generate @file{configure}. |
8642bc8f | 5885 | |
0816590b | 5886 | Don't forget to include a @file{ChangeLog} entry. |
8642bc8f | 5887 | |
0816590b AC |
5888 | @smallexample |
5889 | $ emacs dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in | |
5890 | ... | |
5891 | c-x 4 a | |
5892 | ... | |
5893 | c-x c-s c-x c-c | |
5894 | $ ( cd dejagnu/src/dejagnu && autoconf ) | |
5895 | @end smallexample | |
8642bc8f | 5896 | |
0816590b AC |
5897 | @end table |
5898 | ||
5899 | @subsubheading Do the dirty work | |
5900 | ||
5901 | This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot. | |
8973da3a | 5902 | |
4ce8657e MC |
5903 | @smallexample |
5904 | $ for m in gdb insight | |
5905 | do | |
5906 | ( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar ) | |
5907 | done | |
5908 | $ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar.bz2 ) | |
5909 | @end smallexample | |
5910 | ||
5911 | If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release} | |
5912 | (@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead: | |
5913 | ||
474c8240 | 5914 | @smallexample |
0816590b | 5915 | $ for m in gdb insight |
8642bc8f | 5916 | do |
0816590b | 5917 | ( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar ) |
8973da3a | 5918 | done |
0816590b | 5919 | $ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar.bz2 ) |
474c8240 | 5920 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 5921 | |
0816590b | 5922 | @subsubheading Check the source files |
8642bc8f | 5923 | |
0816590b | 5924 | You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared. |
8642bc8f AC |
5925 | @kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out |
5926 | for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}. | |
8973da3a | 5927 | |
474c8240 | 5928 | @smallexample |
8642bc8f AC |
5929 | $ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update ) |
5930 | M djunpack.bat | |
0816590b | 5931 | ? gdb-5.1.91.tar |
8642bc8f | 5932 | ? proto-toplev |
0816590b | 5933 | @dots{} lots of generated files @dots{} |
8642bc8f AC |
5934 | M gdb/ChangeLog |
5935 | M gdb/NEWS | |
5936 | M gdb/README | |
5937 | M gdb/version.in | |
0816590b | 5938 | @dots{} lots of generated files @dots{} |
8642bc8f | 5939 | $ |
474c8240 | 5940 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 5941 | |
0816590b | 5942 | @noindent |
8642bc8f AC |
5943 | @emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or |
5944 | @file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1} | |
5945 | was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they | |
5946 | didn't get supressed). Fixing it would be nice though.} | |
8973da3a | 5947 | |
0816590b | 5948 | @subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release |
8973da3a | 5949 | |
474c8240 | 5950 | @smallexample |
0816590b AC |
5951 | $ cp */src/*.tar . |
5952 | $ cp */src/*.bz2 . | |
5953 | $ ls -F | |
5954 | dejagnu/ dejagnu-gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar | |
5955 | $ for m in gdb insight | |
5956 | do | |
5957 | bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2 | |
5958 | gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz | |
5959 | done | |
5960 | $ | |
474c8240 | 5961 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 5962 | |
0816590b AC |
5963 | @noindent |
5964 | Note: | |
5965 | ||
5966 | @itemize @bullet | |
5967 | @item | |
5968 | A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since, | |
5969 | in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence, | |
5970 | can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release | |
5971 | process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes. | |
5972 | @end itemize | |
5973 | ||
5974 | @subsection Sanity check the tar ball | |
8973da3a | 5975 | |
0816590b | 5976 | Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that. |
8973da3a | 5977 | |
0816590b AC |
5978 | @smallexample |
5979 | $ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf - | |
5980 | $ cd gdb-5.2 | |
5981 | $ ./configure | |
5982 | $ make | |
5983 | @dots{} | |
5984 | $ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb | |
5985 | GNU gdb 5.2 | |
5986 | @dots{} | |
5987 | (gdb) b main | |
5988 | Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734. | |
5989 | (gdb) run | |
5990 | Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb | |
5991 | ||
5992 | Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734 | |
5993 | 734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL); | |
5994 | (gdb) print args | |
5995 | $1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@} | |
5996 | (gdb) | |
5997 | @end smallexample | |
8973da3a | 5998 | |
0816590b | 5999 | @subsection Make a release candidate available |
8973da3a | 6000 | |
0816590b | 6001 | If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are: |
8642bc8f | 6002 | |
0816590b AC |
6003 | @enumerate |
6004 | @item | |
6005 | Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog} | |
6006 | @item | |
6007 | Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read | |
6008 | @var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update | |
6009 | process can restart. | |
6010 | @item | |
6011 | Make the release candidate available in | |
6012 | @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch} | |
6013 | @item | |
6014 | Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and | |
6015 | @email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available. | |
6016 | @end enumerate | |
8642bc8f | 6017 | |
0816590b | 6018 | @subsection Make a formal release available |
8642bc8f | 6019 | |
0816590b | 6020 | (And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.) |
8642bc8f | 6021 | |
0816590b | 6022 | @subsubheading Install on sware |
8642bc8f | 6023 | |
0816590b | 6024 | Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory: |
8642bc8f | 6025 | |
474c8240 | 6026 | @smallexample |
0816590b | 6027 | $ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/ |
8642bc8f | 6028 | $ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases |
474c8240 | 6029 | @end smallexample |
8642bc8f | 6030 | |
0816590b AC |
6031 | @noindent |
6032 | Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases | |
6033 | are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1): | |
6034 | ||
6035 | @smallexample | |
6036 | $ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases | |
6037 | $ rm @dots{} | |
6038 | @end smallexample | |
6039 | ||
6040 | @noindent | |
6041 | Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases | |
6042 | directory: | |
6043 | ||
6044 | @smallexample | |
6045 | $ vi README | |
6046 | @dots{} | |
6047 | $ rm -f .message | |
6048 | $ ln README .message | |
6049 | @end smallexample | |
8642bc8f | 6050 | |
0816590b | 6051 | @subsubheading Update the web pages. |
8973da3a | 6052 | |
0816590b AC |
6053 | @table @file |
6054 | ||
6055 | @item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT | |
6056 | This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes: | |
8973da3a AC |
6057 | @itemize @bullet |
6058 | @item | |
0816590b | 6059 | General announcement |
8642bc8f | 6060 | @item |
0816590b AC |
6061 | News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from |
6062 | earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release. | |
8973da3a | 6063 | @item |
0816590b AC |
6064 | Errata |
6065 | @end itemize | |
6066 | ||
6067 | @item htdocs/index.html | |
6068 | @itemx htdocs/news/index.html | |
6069 | @itemx htdocs/download/index.html | |
6070 | These files include: | |
6071 | @itemize @bullet | |
8642bc8f | 6072 | @item |
0816590b | 6073 | announcement of the most recent release |
8642bc8f | 6074 | @item |
0816590b | 6075 | news entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory). |
8973da3a | 6076 | @end itemize |
0816590b | 6077 | These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}. |
8973da3a | 6078 | |
0816590b | 6079 | @item download/onlinedocs/ |
8642bc8f AC |
6080 | You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online |
6081 | docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output | |
0816590b | 6082 | from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly. |
8642bc8f AC |
6083 | Something like: |
6084 | ||
474c8240 | 6085 | @smallexample |
8642bc8f | 6086 | $ ~/ss/update-web-docs \ |
0816590b | 6087 | ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \ |
8642bc8f | 6088 | $PWD/www \ |
0816590b | 6089 | /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \ |
8642bc8f | 6090 | gdb |
474c8240 | 6091 | @end smallexample |
8642bc8f | 6092 | |
0816590b AC |
6093 | @item download/ari/ |
6094 | Just like the online documentation. Something like: | |
8642bc8f | 6095 | |
0816590b AC |
6096 | @smallexample |
6097 | $ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \ | |
6098 | ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \ | |
6099 | $PWD/www \ | |
6100 | /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \ | |
6101 | gdb | |
6102 | @end smallexample | |
6103 | ||
6104 | @end table | |
6105 | ||
6106 | @subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu | |
6107 | ||
6108 | Something goes here. | |
6109 | ||
6110 | ||
6111 | @subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU | |
6112 | ||
6113 | At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in | |
6114 | @file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}. | |
6115 | ||
6116 | @subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} | |
6117 | ||
6118 | Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to: | |
8642bc8f AC |
6119 | |
6120 | @itemize @bullet | |
6121 | @item | |
6122 | @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list} | |
6123 | @item | |
0816590b AC |
6124 | @email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a |
6125 | day or so to let things get out) | |
6126 | @item | |
6127 | @email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list} | |
8642bc8f AC |
6128 | @end itemize |
6129 | ||
0816590b | 6130 | @subsection Cleanup |
8642bc8f | 6131 | |
0816590b | 6132 | The release is out but you're still not finished. |
8642bc8f | 6133 | |
0816590b | 6134 | @subsubheading Commit outstanding changes |
8642bc8f | 6135 | |
0816590b | 6136 | In particular you'll need to commit any changes to: |
8642bc8f AC |
6137 | |
6138 | @itemize @bullet | |
6139 | @item | |
6140 | @file{gdb/ChangeLog} | |
6141 | @item | |
6142 | @file{gdb/version.in} | |
6143 | @item | |
6144 | @file{gdb/NEWS} | |
6145 | @item | |
6146 | @file{gdb/README} | |
6147 | @end itemize | |
6148 | ||
0816590b | 6149 | @subsubheading Tag the release |
8642bc8f AC |
6150 | |
6151 | Something like: | |
6152 | ||
474c8240 | 6153 | @smallexample |
8642bc8f AC |
6154 | $ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d` |
6155 | $ echo $d | |
6156 | 2002-01-24 | |
6157 | $ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update ) | |
0816590b | 6158 | $ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release ) |
474c8240 | 6159 | @end smallexample |
8642bc8f | 6160 | |
0816590b AC |
6161 | Insight is used since that contains more of the release than |
6162 | @value{GDBN} (@code{dejagnu} doesn't get tagged but I think we can live | |
6163 | with that). | |
6164 | ||
6165 | @subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk | |
8642bc8f | 6166 | |
0816590b AC |
6167 | Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also |
6168 | indicates when the release was made. | |
6169 | ||
6170 | @subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in} | |
8642bc8f AC |
6171 | |
6172 | If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as | |
6173 | @kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having | |
6174 | committed all the release changes it can be set to | |
0816590b | 6175 | @file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_} |
8642bc8f AC |
6176 | is important - it affects the snapshot process). |
6177 | ||
6178 | Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}. | |
6179 | ||
0816590b | 6180 | @subsubheading Merge into trunk |
8973da3a | 6181 | |
8642bc8f AC |
6182 | The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the |
6183 | trunk. | |
8973da3a | 6184 | |
0816590b AC |
6185 | @subsubheading Revise the release schedule |
6186 | ||
6187 | Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB | |
6188 | Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be | |
6189 | generated by running: | |
6190 | ||
6191 | @smallexample | |
6192 | $ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule | |
6193 | @end smallexample | |
6194 | ||
6195 | @noindent | |
6196 | The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch) | |
6197 | of the most recent release. | |
6198 | ||
6199 | Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}. | |
6200 | ||
8642bc8f | 6201 | @section Post release |
8973da3a | 6202 | |
8642bc8f | 6203 | Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code. |
8973da3a | 6204 | |
085dd6e6 JM |
6205 | @node Testsuite |
6206 | ||
6207 | @chapter Testsuite | |
56caf160 | 6208 | @cindex test suite |
085dd6e6 | 6209 | |
56caf160 EZ |
6210 | The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package. |
6211 | While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice | |
6212 | this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of | |
6213 | the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change | |
6214 | to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time. | |
085dd6e6 | 6215 | |
56caf160 EZ |
6216 | The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. |
6217 | DejaGNU is built using @code{Tcl} and @code{expect}. The tests | |
6218 | themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework runs all the | |
6219 | procs and summarizes the passes and fails. | |
085dd6e6 JM |
6220 | |
6221 | @section Using the Testsuite | |
6222 | ||
56caf160 | 6223 | @cindex running the test suite |
25822942 | 6224 | To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the |
085dd6e6 JM |
6225 | testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some |
6226 | environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While | |
6227 | the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use, | |
6228 | and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is | |
6229 | finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this: | |
56caf160 | 6230 | |
474c8240 | 6231 | @smallexample |
085dd6e6 JM |
6232 | === gdb Summary === |
6233 | ||
6234 | # of expected passes 6016 | |
6235 | # of unexpected failures 58 | |
6236 | # of unexpected successes 5 | |
6237 | # of expected failures 183 | |
6238 | # of unresolved testcases 3 | |
6239 | # of untested testcases 5 | |
474c8240 | 6240 | @end smallexample |
56caf160 | 6241 | |
085dd6e6 JM |
6242 | The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality |
6243 | conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate | |
56caf160 EZ |
6244 | real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected |
6245 | failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too | |
6246 | hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work | |
6247 | everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case | |
6248 | being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added | |
6249 | lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}. | |
6250 | Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some | |
6251 | reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor | |
6252 | catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test | |
6253 | program. | |
6254 | ||
6255 | When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the | |
6256 | testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no | |
6257 | regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you | |
6258 | run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of | |
6259 | compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases | |
6260 | testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful | |
6261 | options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86) | |
6262 | host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi, | |
6263 | mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha). | |
6264 | ||
6265 | If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding | |
6266 | tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect | |
6267 | and fix their changes that break the functionality you added. | |
6268 | Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test | |
6269 | failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely | |
6270 | difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs | |
6271 | in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write | |
6272 | tests for all of those. | |
085dd6e6 | 6273 | |
e7dc800a MC |
6274 | DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However, |
6275 | some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and | |
6276 | the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts | |
6277 | will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this: | |
6278 | ||
6279 | @smallexample | |
6280 | UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host. | |
6281 | @end smallexample | |
6282 | ||
085dd6e6 JM |
6283 | @section Testsuite Organization |
6284 | ||
56caf160 | 6285 | @cindex test suite organization |
085dd6e6 JM |
6286 | The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the |
6287 | testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal, | |
6288 | and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves | |
25822942 | 6289 | handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file |
085dd6e6 | 6290 | @file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for |
25822942 | 6291 | all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains |
085dd6e6 JM |
6292 | configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose |
6293 | definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}. | |
6294 | ||
6295 | The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and | |
6296 | subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end | |
6297 | with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding | |
6298 | in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files | |
6299 | get chosen and run in alphabetical order. | |
6300 | ||
6301 | The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they | |
6302 | are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are | |
6303 | located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and | |
6304 | execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and | |
6305 | intelligibility. | |
6306 | ||
56caf160 | 6307 | @table @file |
085dd6e6 | 6308 | @item gdb.base |
085dd6e6 | 6309 | This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all |
25822942 | 6310 | configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here). |
085dd6e6 | 6311 | The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R, |
49efadf5 | 6312 | ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance |
085dd6e6 JM |
6313 | for prototypes). |
6314 | ||
6315 | @item gdb.@var{lang} | |
56caf160 | 6316 | Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are |
af6cf26d | 6317 | @file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}. |
085dd6e6 JM |
6318 | |
6319 | @item gdb.@var{platform} | |
085dd6e6 JM |
6320 | Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration |
6321 | (host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for | |
6322 | HP-UX. | |
6323 | ||
6324 | @item gdb.@var{compiler} | |
085dd6e6 JM |
6325 | Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June |
6326 | 1999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that | |
6327 | couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could | |
56caf160 EZ |
6328 | imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC |
6329 | extensions. | |
085dd6e6 JM |
6330 | |
6331 | @item gdb.@var{subsystem} | |
25822942 | 6332 | Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For |
085dd6e6 JM |
6333 | instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while |
6334 | @file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader. | |
085dd6e6 JM |
6335 | @end table |
6336 | ||
6337 | @section Writing Tests | |
56caf160 | 6338 | @cindex writing tests |
085dd6e6 | 6339 | |
25822942 | 6340 | In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you |
085dd6e6 JM |
6341 | should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases. |
6342 | ||
6343 | You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it | |
6344 | includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen. | |
6345 | However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for | |
6346 | instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that | |
6347 | calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times. | |
6348 | ||
6349 | Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely | |
25822942 | 6350 | necessary, such as when @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to a command. |
085dd6e6 JM |
6351 | |
6352 | The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent | |
25822942 | 6353 | style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different |
085dd6e6 | 6354 | styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for |
25822942 | 6355 | instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would |
085dd6e6 JM |
6356 | never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style |
6357 | uniformly. | |
6358 | ||
c906108c SS |
6359 | @node Hints |
6360 | ||
6361 | @chapter Hints | |
6362 | ||
6363 | Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not | |
6364 | appear anywhere else in the directory. | |
6365 | ||
6366 | @menu | |
25822942 | 6367 | * Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN} |
33e16fad | 6368 | * Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself |
c906108c SS |
6369 | @end menu |
6370 | ||
6371 | @node Getting Started,,, Hints | |
6372 | ||
6373 | @section Getting Started | |
6374 | ||
25822942 | 6375 | @value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to |
c906108c SS |
6376 | work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you |
6377 | know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on. | |
6378 | ||
25822942 DB |
6379 | This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies |
6380 | generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}. | |
c906108c SS |
6381 | |
6382 | Information about particular functions or data structures are located in | |
6383 | comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a | |
6384 | function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly | |
25822942 | 6385 | explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel |
c906108c SS |
6386 | free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure |
6387 | out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is | |
6388 | actually wrong, be especially sure to report that. | |
6389 | ||
6390 | Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or | |
6391 | native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are | |
6392 | repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the | |
6393 | macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a | |
6394 | default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual | |
6395 | also documents all the available macros. | |
6396 | @c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target | |
6397 | @c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete | |
6398 | @c Conditionals}) | |
6399 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
6400 | Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how |
6401 | @value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h}, | |
6402 | @file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the | |
6403 | code which uses and creates those symbol tables. | |
c906108c SS |
6404 | |
6405 | You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to | |
6406 | enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another | |
25822942 | 6407 | language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use |
c906108c SS |
6408 | the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case |
6409 | and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes | |
6410 | are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active | |
6411 | approach. | |
6412 | ||
25822942 | 6413 | Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more |
c906108c SS |
6414 | specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each |
6415 | function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you | |
6416 | will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through | |
6417 | calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding | |
6418 | (perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being | |
6419 | called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the | |
6420 | functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the | |
6421 | one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data | |
6422 | structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in | |
6423 | the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to | |
6424 | look like. | |
6425 | ||
6426 | Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the | |
6427 | code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general | |
6428 | principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something | |
6429 | else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does, | |
6430 | rather than worrying about all its details. | |
6431 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
6432 | @cindex command implementation |
6433 | A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with | |
6434 | a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how | |
6435 | single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the | |
6436 | @code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked | |
6437 | via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function | |
6438 | which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of | |
6439 | the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an | |
6440 | @code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step} | |
6441 | command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info | |
6442 | display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is | |
6443 | not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x | |
6444 | tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a | |
6445 | breakpoint in @code{execute_command}. | |
6446 | ||
6447 | @cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list | |
c906108c SS |
6448 | If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information |
6449 | on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was | |
6450 | wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding | |
25822942 | 6451 | @value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual. |
c906108c SS |
6452 | Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course. |
6453 | ||
33e16fad | 6454 | @node Debugging GDB,,,Hints |
c906108c | 6455 | |
25822942 | 6456 | @section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself |
56caf160 | 6457 | @cindex debugging @value{GDBN} |
c906108c | 6458 | |
25822942 | 6459 | If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it |
c906108c SS |
6460 | fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like |
6461 | Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being | |
56caf160 | 6462 | debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb |
c906108c | 6463 | ./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to |
56caf160 | 6464 | @file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}. |
c906108c | 6465 | |
25822942 | 6466 | When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a |
c906108c SS |
6467 | @file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging |
6468 | gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand | |
25822942 | 6469 | in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level |
c906108c SS |
6470 | gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details. |
6471 | ||
6472 | If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after | |
6473 | you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent | |
6474 | routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by | |
6475 | @kbd{M-.} | |
6476 | ||
25822942 | 6477 | Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or |
c906108c SS |
6478 | have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc. |
6479 | ||
6480 | @section Submitting Patches | |
6481 | ||
56caf160 | 6482 | @cindex submitting patches |
c906108c | 6483 | Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of |
25822942 | 6484 | @value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements. |
c906108c SS |
6485 | Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the |
6486 | changes. | |
6487 | ||
25822942 DB |
6488 | The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches. |
6489 | This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}. | |
c906108c SS |
6490 | |
6491 | If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives, | |
6492 | or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue | |
6493 | with everyone else's patches and bug reports. | |
6494 | ||
56caf160 | 6495 | @cindex legal papers for code contributions |
c906108c SS |
6496 | The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a |
6497 | copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership | |
6498 | of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the | |
9e0b60a8 JM |
6499 | standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org} |
6500 | and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs | |
6501 | owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that | |
56caf160 EZ |
6502 | changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC, |
6503 | etc) can be | |
9e0b60a8 | 6504 | contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the |
be9c6c35 | 6505 | bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until |
9e0b60a8 JM |
6506 | this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow |
6507 | since we maintain it for them). | |
c906108c SS |
6508 | |
6509 | Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each | |
56caf160 EZ |
6510 | feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}. |
6511 | Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and | |
6512 | header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for | |
6513 | each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes | |
6514 | needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or | |
6515 | @file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a | |
6516 | single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages. | |
9e0b60a8 JM |
6517 | |
6518 | In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the | |
c906108c | 6519 | sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in. |
56caf160 EZ |
6520 | If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave |
6521 | out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc. | |
c906108c | 6522 | |
9e0b60a8 JM |
6523 | The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not |
6524 | install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions | |
6525 | or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you | |
c906108c | 6526 | will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable. |
9e0b60a8 JM |
6527 | The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that |
6528 | the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are | |
6529 | being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we | |
6530 | tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from | |
6531 | the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are | |
6532 | acceptable. | |
6533 | ||
6534 | If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot | |
6535 | of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get | |
6536 | installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug | |
c906108c SS |
6537 | reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive |
6538 | complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day | |
9e0b60a8 JM |
6539 | they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time |
6540 | permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not | |
6541 | be for quite some time. | |
c906108c | 6542 | |
56caf160 | 6543 | Please send patches directly to |
47b95330 | 6544 | @email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}. |
c906108c SS |
6545 | |
6546 | @section Obsolete Conditionals | |
56caf160 | 6547 | @cindex obsolete code |
c906108c | 6548 | |
25822942 | 6549 | Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following |
c906108c SS |
6550 | configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses |
6551 | should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched. | |
6552 | ||
6553 | @table @code | |
c906108c SS |
6554 | @item STACK_END_ADDR |
6555 | This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use | |
6556 | in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the | |
25822942 DB |
6557 | core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN} |
6558 | gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration | |
c906108c | 6559 | files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there), |
25822942 | 6560 | and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files. |
c906108c SS |
6561 | |
6562 | Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR | |
6563 | is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old! | |
6564 | ||
c906108c SS |
6565 | @end table |
6566 | ||
bcd7e15f | 6567 | @include observer.texi |
2154891a | 6568 | @raisesections |
aab4e0ec | 6569 | @include fdl.texi |
2154891a | 6570 | @lowersections |
aab4e0ec | 6571 | |
56caf160 EZ |
6572 | @node Index |
6573 | @unnumbered Index | |
6574 | ||
6575 | @printindex cp | |
6576 | ||
c906108c | 6577 | @bye |